001-036 Ducato GB

001-036 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 1
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Ducato.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Ducato features and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time. You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your vehicle to help you derive the maximum from your Fiat Ducato technological features.
You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page:
personal safety;
the vehicle wellbeing;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Best regards and good motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Ducato versions.
As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related
to the engine and bodywork version of the vehicle you purchased.
001-036 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 2
MUST BE READ!
REFUELLING
K
Only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.
The use of other products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to
the damage caused.
ENGINE STARTING
Make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutch pedal, without
pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the Y and m warning lights to go off;
turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the vehicle over grass, dry leaves, pine
needles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The vehicle is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to
ensure better respect for the environment.
001-036 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 3
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
If, after buying the vehicle, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a Fiat
Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the vehicle’s electric system can
support the required load.
CODE card
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the vehicle. You should always keep the electronic code written on the
CODE card with you.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the vehicle is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety features, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER’S MANUAL CONTAINS…
… information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your vehicle, and its maintenance.
Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (vehicle wellbeing).
쇵
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 4
5
6
SYMBOLS ...............................................................................
7
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM..................................................
7
THE KEYS ..............................................................................
8
ELECTRONIC ALARM ........................................................
13
IGNITION DEVICE ..............................................................
15
INSTRUMENT PANEL (LEFT HAND DRIVE VERSION)
16
INSTRUMENT PANEL (RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION)
17
INSTRUMENTS .....................................................................
18
DIGITAL DISPLAY ...............................................................
21
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................
26
TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................
35
FRONT SEATS .....................................................................
37
HEAD RESTRAINTS.............................................................
43
STEERING WHEEL ..............................................................
44
REARVIEW MIRRORS .........................................................
45
HEATING AND VENTILATION ......................................
47
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ....................
51
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .............
55
SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER .............................................
65
SELF-STANDING SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER ............
66
SUPPLEMENTARY REAR HEATER ..................................
72
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD (LEFT HAND DRIVE VERSION) .........
DASHBOARD (RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION) ......
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
4
SUPPLEMENTARY REAR AIR CONDITIONER ...........
EXTERNAL LIGHTS.............................................................
WINDOW WASHING .......................................................
CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................
CEILING LIGHTS .................................................................
CONTROLS ..........................................................................
POWER SUPPLY AND FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH ......
INTERIOR FITTINGS...........................................................
MULTIMETER.........................................................................
SPEED BLOCK.......................................................................
DOORS ..................................................................................
POWER WINDOWS/WINDOW WINDERS ..............
BONNET.................................................................................
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ....................................................
HEADLIGHTS ........................................................................
ABS SYSTEM .........................................................................
ESP SYSTEM ..........................................................................
EOBD SYSTEM .....................................................................
PARKING SENSORS ...........................................................
SOUND SYSTEM ..................................................................
ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER ..........
AT THE FILLING STATION .............................................
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT.............................
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) .............................
73
74
77
79
81
82
84
85
91
92
92
97
98
100
101
102
103
106
107
108
109
110
112
112
001-036 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 5
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD (LEFT HAND DRIVE VERSION)
F0N0320m
1. Fixed side air vents - 2. Swivel side air vents - 3. Left steering column stalk: external lights - 4. Instrument panel and warning
lights - 5. Right steering column stalk: windscreen, rear window and trip computer controls - 6. Swivel center air vents - 7. Sound
system (where provided) - 8. Oddment compartment/Front passenger air bag (where provided) - 9. Glovebox - 10. Cigar lighter/12V
outlet - 11. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 12. Dashboard controls - 13. Gear shift lever - 14. Ignition switch - 15. Steering
wheel adjustment lever - 16. Driver’s air bag - 17. Control panel: headlights adjustment/digital display/multifunction display.
INDEX
fig. 1
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the vehicle version.
5
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 6
DASHBOARD (RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION)
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the vehicle version.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
6
F0N0334m
1. Fixed side air vents - 2. Swivel side air vents - 3. Right steering column stalk: windscreen, rear window and trip computer controls - 4. Instrument panel and warning lights - 5. Left steering column stalk: external lights - 6. Swivel center air vents - 7. Sound
system (where provided) - 8. Oddment compartment/Front passenger air bag (where provided) - 9. Glovebox - 10. Cigar lighter/12V
outlet - 11. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 12. Dashboard controls - 13. Gear shift lever - 14. Steering wheel adjustment
lever - 15. Driver’s air bag - 16. Control panel: headlights adjustment/digital display/multifunction display - 17. Ignition switch.
Special coloured labels have been attached
near or actually on some of the components of your Ducato. These labels bear
symbols that remind you of the precautions to be taken as regards that particular component.
To further protect your vehicle from theft,
it has been fitted with an engine immobilising system. This system is automatically
activated when the ignition key is removed.
fig. 2
F0N0002m
The plate summarising the symbols used
can be found under the bonnet fig. 2.
An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in
each ignition key grip. The device transmits a radio-frequency signal when the engine is started through a special aerial built
into the ignition switch. The modulate signal, which changes each time the engine is
started, is the “password”, by means of
which the control unit recognises the key
and enables to start the engine.
SAFETY
DEVICES
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SYMBOLS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 7
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
7
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
8
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 8
OPERATION
Each time the vehicle is started turning the
ignition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE system control unit sends a recognition code
to the engine control unit to deactivate
the inhibitor.
The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE
system control unit has recognised the
code transmitted from the key.
Each time the ignition key is turned to
STOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivates
the functions of the engine electronic control unit.
If the code has not been recognised correctly, the warning light Y turns on accompanied by the related message on the
display (see section “Warning lights and
messages”).
In this case, the key should be moved to
the STOP position and then back to
MAR; if the lock continues, possibly try
again with the other key provided with the
vehicle. If it is still not possible to start the
vehicle, contact Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,
which must be memorised by the system
control unit. To memorise new keys, up
to a maximum of eight, apply to Fiat Dealership.
Warning light Y
coming on when driving
THE KEYS
❒ If the warning light Y turns on, this
means that the system is running a selftest (for example for a voltage drop).
CODE CARD fig. 3
❒ If the warning light Y stays on, contact a Fiat Dealership.
The vehicle is delivered with two copies
of the ignition key and with the CODE
card which bears the following:
A the electronic code;
B the mechanical key code to be given
to the Fiat Dealership when ordering
duplicate keys.
The electronic components
inside the key may be damaged if the key is submitted to
sharp knocks.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfect
efficiency of the electronic devices contained inside the keys, they should never
be exposed to direct sunlight.
fig. 3
F0N0003m
All the keys and the CODE
card must be handed over to
the new owner when selling
the vehicle.
fig. 4
F0N0800m
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL
fig. 4
Button Q shall be used for opening the
front doors.
The metal insert A is retractable and it operates:
Button Ø shall be used for locking all
doors.
❒ ignition switch;
Button P shall be used for opening the
load compartment doors.
❒ door locks;
❒ fuel filler cap locking/unlocking.
To extract the metal insert, press button
B.
To refit it proceed as follows:
❒ keep button B pressed and move the
metal insert A;
❒ release button B and turn the metal
insert A until hearing the proper locking click.
When unlocking the doors, the passenger’s compartment lights will come on for
a preset time.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WARNING
Button B should only be
pressed when the key is
away from the body, in particular
from the eyes and from objects that
can be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make sure
the key can never be touched by others, especially children, who may inadvertently press the button.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 9
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
9
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 10
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
10
fig. 5
F0N0801m
Certain versions are provided with a key
with remote control with two buttons Á
and Ë fig. 5.
Button Á shall be used for locking all
doors.
Button Ë shall be used for unlocking
all doors.
fig. 6
F0N0114m
Dashboard led indications
When locking the doors, led A-fig. 6
switches on for about 3 seconds and than
starts flashing (deterrence function).
Once doors are locked, if one or more
doors or the tailgate are not closed correctly, the led and direction indicators
start flashing quickly.
Request for additional remote
controls
The system can recognise up to 8 keys.
Should a new key with remote control be
necessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, taking with you the CODE card and the keys,
a personal identity document and the vehicle’s ownership documents.
fig. 7
F0N0802m
Replacing the battery of the key
with remote control fig. 7
Battery replacement:
❒ press button A and move the metal insert B to the open position;
❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine
bit screwdriver;
❒ take out the battery case D and replace the battery E making sure that
the bias is correct;
❒ refit the battery case D inside the key
and lock it turning the screw C to Á.
KEY WITHOUT REMOTE
CONTROL fig. 8
The metal insert of the key A is fixed.
The key operates:
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ ignition switch;
❒ door locks;
❒ fuel filler cap locking/unlocking.
fig. 8
F0N0337m
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Used batteries are harmful to
the environment. They should
be disposed of as specified by
law in the special containers
provided, or take them to a Fiat Dealership, which will deal with their disposal.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 11
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
11
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
12
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 12
The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
Type of key
Door
opening
Door closing
form the outside
Dead lock
activation
(where provided)
Load
compartment
unlocking
Window opening
(where provided)
Window closing
(where provided)
Key turning
counterclockwise
(driver side)
Key turning
clockwise
(driver side)
–
–
–
–
Key turning
counterclockwise
(driver side)
Key turning
clockwise
(driver side)
–
–
–
–
Press briefly
button Q
Press briefly
button Ø
Double pressing
on button Ø
Press briefly
button P
Long press
(over 2
seconds)
on button Q
Long press
(over 2 seconds)
on button Ø
Direction
indicators flashing
(only with key with
remote control)
2 flashings
1 flashing
3 flashings
2 flashings
2 flashings
1 flashing
Deterrence led
Turning off
Turning on glowing steadily for
about 3 seconds
followed by
deterrence led
flashing
Double flashing,
followed by
deterrence
led flashing
Deterrence led
flashing
Turning off
Deterrence led
flashing
Key without
remote control
Key with remote control
IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control; window closing operation
is a consequence of a door locking control.
WHEN THE ALARM
IS TRIGGERED
The alarm comes into action in the following cases:
❒ unlawful opening of one of the doors or
engine bonnet (perimetral protection);
❒ attempt to start the engine (key turned
to MAR);
❒ battery cables cutting;
❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the vehicle.
Depending on the markets, the cutting in
of the alarm causes operation of the siren
and direction indicators (for about 26 seconds). The ways of operating and the number of cycles may vary depending on the
markets.
A maximum number of sound/sight cycles
is however envisaged; at the end of these
cycles the system will resume its regular
operation.
IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser
function is guaranteed by the Fiat CODE
system, which is automatically activated
when the key is removed from the ignition device.
HOW TO ACTIVATE
THE ALARM
With the doors, bonnet and load compartment shut and ignition key to STOP
or removed, point the key with remote
control or removed, point the key with
remote control in the direction of the vehicle, then press and release the button
“lock”.
With the exception of certain markets,
the system sounds a “beep” and the doors
are locked.
Engagement of the alarm is preceded by
a self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detected
the system sounds a further warning
“beep”.
In this case, switch the alarm off by pressing button “door unlock/load compartment unlock”, check that the doors and
bonnet are properly shut, then switch the
alarm on again by pressing button “lock”.
The door and bonnet not properly shut
will be excluded from the alarm control.
If the doors, bonnet and load compartment are shut correctly and the warning
“beep” is repeated, the system self-diagnostics has detected a system operating
fault. It is therefore necessary to contact
a Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT Operating the central door
locking system with the metal insert of the
key will not activate the alarm.
IMPORTANT The alarm is built in compliance with the law and regulations of the
different destination countries.
HOW TO DEACTIVATE
THE ALARM
Press button “door unlock/load compartment unlock” of the key with remote control.
The system will react as follows (with the
exception of certain markets):
❒ two brief flashes of the direction indicators;
❒ two brief “beeps”;
❒ door unlocking.
IMPORTANT Operating the central door
opening system with the metal insert of
the key will not activate the alarm.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The alarm, provided in addition to all the
remote control functions described previously is controlled by the receiver set
under the dashboard near the fuse box.
Anti-raising protection can be cut off by
pressing the corresponding button (see
paragraph “Anti-raising sensor” on the following pages).
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
ELECTRONIC ALARM
(where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 13
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
13
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
14
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 14
ANTI-RAISING SENSOR
INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS
TO BREAK IN
The anti-raising sensor detects any abnormal vehicle raising/sloping, even partial
(e.g.: attempt to remove a wheel).
Any attempt to break in is indicated by
turning on of the dedicated warning light
Y on the instrument panel with the relevant message on the display, if any (see
section “Warning lights and messages”).
This sensor can detect the smallest vehicle sideslip angle changes, both longitudinally and transversally.
fig. 8a
F0N0232m
Anti-raising protection
deactivation
To deactivate the anti-raising protection
(for example when towing the vehicle with
alarm on) press button A-fig. 8a set on
the control panel; protection stays on until activating the central door opening
again.
HOW TO CUT OFF THE
ALARM SYSTEM
To deactivate the alarm system completely (for instance during prolonged inactivity of the vehicle) simply lock the vehicle using the emergency locking.
IMPORTANT To cut-out the alarm if remote control batteries are down or the
system is failing, fit the key into the ignition switch and turn it to MAR.
STEERING COLUMN LOCK
The key can be turned to 4 different positions fig. 9:
When the key is at STOP, remove the
key and turn the steering wheel until it
locks.
❒ MAR: driving position. All electrical
devices are powered.
❒ AVV: engine starting (unstable position).
The ignition switch is fitted with an electronic safety system that, in the event the
engine is not started, turns back the ignition key to STOP before repeating the
starting operation.
WARNING
If the ignition device is tampered with (e.g.: attempted
theft), have it checked over by a Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible.
Disengaging
fig. 9
F0N0007m
WARNING
When getting out of the vehicle, always remove the key
to prevent any occupants from accidentally activating the controls. Remember to engage the handbrake
and if the vehicle is parked on uphill
slope to engage the first gear. If the
vehicle is facing downhill, engage the
reverse gear. Never leave unsupervised children in the vehicle.
Rock the steering wheel slightly as you
turn the ignition key to MAR.
WARNING
Never remove the ignition
key while the vehicle is moving. The steering wheel would automatically lock as soon as you try to
turn it. This also applies when the vehicle is being towed.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
carry out whatever aftermarket operation involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affect performance and safety, cause the lapse
of warranty and also result in noncompliance of the vehicle with homologation requirements.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be removed, steering column locked. Certain electrical devices (e.g.: sound system, central door locking…) can
work.
Engaging
SAFETY
DEVICES
IGNITION
DEVICE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 15
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
15
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 16
INSTRUMENT PANEL (LEFT HAND DRIVE VERSION)
Versions with digital display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Digital display
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
C Rev counter
E Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
F0N0330m
fig. 10
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
D Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
Versions with multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Multifunction display
C Rev counter
D Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
INDEX
E Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
F0N0331m
fig. 11
16
Versions with digital display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Digital display
C Rev counter
D Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
E Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
F0N0335m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 11/a
SAFETY
DEVICES
INSTRUMENT PANEL (RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 17
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
9:56
Versions with multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Multifunction display
C Rev counter
D Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
E Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
F0N0336m
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
fig. 11/b
17
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 18
INSTRUMENTS
Instrument background color and type
may vary according to the version.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
18
fig. 12
F0N0332m
fig. 13
SPEEDOMETER fig. 12
REV COUNTER fig. 13
It shows the engine speed.
Rev counter shows engine rpm.
F0N0013m
IMPORTANT The electronic injection
control system gradually shuts off the flow
of fuel when the engine is “over-revving”
resulting in a gradual loss of engine power.
When the engine is idling, the rev counter
may indicate a gradual or sudden highering of the speed.
This is normal and takes place for example when activating the climate control
system or the fan. In these events a slight
increase in engine idling preserves the battery charge.
fig. 14
F0N0014m
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE fig. 14
This shows the amount of fuel left in the
fuel tank.
E tank empty.
F full tank (see the indications given in
paragraph “At the filling station").
The warning light A turns on to indicate
that approximately 10/12 litres (according
to versions) of fuel are left in the tank.
Do not travel with the fuel tank almost
empty: the gaps in fuel delivery could damage the catalyst.
IMPORTANT The needle sets to E with
warning light A flashing to indicate that the
system is failing. In this event contact Fiat
Dealership to have the system checked.
IMPORTANT Do not turn the supplementary heater (Webasto) on, under fuel reserve conditions.
fig. 15
F0N0015m
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 15
This shows the temperature of the engine
coolant fluid and begins working when the
fluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.
Under normal conditions, the needle
should hover around the middle of the
scale according to the working conditions.
C Low engine coolant temperature.
H High engine coolant temperature.
If the needle reaches the red
area, stop the engine immediately and contact a Fiat
Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
The turning on of the warning light B (on
certain versions with a message on the
multifunction display) indicates that the
coolant fluid temperature is too high; in
this case, stop the engine and contact a Fiat Dealership.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 19
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
19
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 20
ENGINE OIL LEVEL GAUGE
(where provided)
Few seconds after, engine oil amount symbols will disappear from the display, and:
Partial gradual turning off of the symbols
indicates oil decrease.
This gauge shows the engine oil level.
❒ if scheduled servicing interval is near
to come, the display will show the distance to cover and the instrument
panel warning light õ will turn on.
When reaching the scheduled servicing interval the display will show some
dashes.
The oil level is correct when 4 or 5 symbols are turned on. If the fifth symbol does
not turn on, it shall not be considered as
a failure or low oil level in the sump.
Partial gradual turning off of the symbols
indicates oil decrease.
The oil level is correct when 4 or 5 symbols are turned on. If the fifth symbol does
not turn on, it shall not be considered as
a failure or low oil level in the sump.
INDEX
IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0N1017g
Turning the ignition key to MAR, the display will show the engine oil amount by
displaying five symbols.
20
If the oil level falls below the preset limit
(topping up is therefore required), the five
dashes will start flashing on the display.
IMPORTANT Proper engine oil level shall
however be checked by means of the dipstick (see paragraph “Checking levels” in
section “Vehicle maintenance”).
❒ then, if engine oil change interval is
near to come, the display will show on
the top of the screen the distance to
cover to next oil change together with
message “OIL” displayed on the bottom of the screen. When reaching the
scheduled servicing interval the display
will show five dashes.
Versions with multifunction display
Turning the ignition key to MAR the display will show the oil level by the turning
on/off of five symbols.
F0N1018g
Versions with digital display
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
When the oil level falls below the preset
limit the display will show the dedicated
message to warn the driver that topping
up is required.
IMPORTANT Proper engine oil level shall
however be checked by means of the dipstick (see paragraph “Checking levels” in
section “Vehicle maintenance”).
Few seconds after, engine oil amount symbols will disappear from the display, and:
❒ if scheduled servicing interval is near
to come, the display will show the distance to cover and symbol õ. When
reaching the scheduled servicing interval the display will show a dedicated message.
❒ then, if engine oil change interval is
near to come, the display will show
the distance to cover to next oil
change. When reaching the scheduled
servicing interval the display will show
a dedicated message.
Pagina 21
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DIGITAL DISPLAY
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 16
A Headlight aiming position (only with
dipped beam headlights on).
B Clock (always displayed, even with ignition key removed and front doors
closed).
C Odometer (covered km or miles) and
computer Trip information.
Note With key removed (when opening
one of the front doors) the display will
turn on and show for a few seconds the
km or mi covered.
F0N0016m
fig. 16
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 17
▲ To scroll the displayed menu and the
related options upwards or to increase the value displayed.
MODE Press briefly to display
the menu and/or to go to next
screen or to confirm the required menu option.
Long press to go back to the
standard screen.
▼ To scroll the displayed menu and the
related options downwards or to decrease the value displayed.
fig. 17
F0N0017m
Note Buttons ▲ and ▼ activate different
functions according to the following situations:
Setup menu
– to scroll the menu options upwards and
downwards;
– to increase or decrease values during settings.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
The standard screen shows the following
indications:
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
21
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
22
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 22
SETUP MENU fig. 18
The menu comprises a series of functions
arranged in a “circular fashion” which can
be selected through buttons ▲ and ▼ to
access the different select operations and
settings (setup) given in the following paragraphs.
The setup menu can be activated by pressing briefly button MODE.
Single presses on buttons ▲ and ▼ will
scroll the setup menu options.
Handling modes differ with each other according to the characteristic of the option
selected.
Selecting a menu option
– press briefly button MODE to select
the menu option to set;
– press buttons ▲ and ▼ (by single presses) to select the new setting;
– press briefly button MODE to store the
new setting and to go back to the previously selected menu option.
Selecting “Set Clock”
– briefly press button MODE to select
the first value to change (hours);
– press buttons ▲ and ▼ (by single presses) to select the new setting;
– briefly press button MODE to store the
new setting and to go to the next setup
menu option (minutes);
– after setting the values with the same
procedure, you’ll go back to the menu option previously selected.
Press the button MODE for long
– to quit the set up menu if you are in the
menu;
– to quit the displayed menu if you are setting an option;
– to save only the settings stored yet (and
confirmed by pressing button MODE).
The setup menu displaying is timed; when
quitting the menu due to timing expiry, only settings stored yet by the user (and confirmed by pressing briefly button MODE)
will be saved.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 23
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the
standard screen. To surf the menu use buttons ▲ or ▼.
Note For safety reasons, when the vehicle is running,
it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for setting “SPEEd”). When the vehicle is stationary access to
the whole menu is enabled.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
F0N1007g
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
fig. 18
23
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
24
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 24
Setting the speed limit (SPEEd)
Setting the clock (Hour)
Setting the distance unit (Unit)
With this function it is possible to set the
vehicle speed limit (km/h or mph), when
this limit is exceeded the driver is immediately alerted (see section “Warning lights
and messages”).
With this function it is possible to set the
clock.
With this function it is possible to set the
unit.
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, “hours”
will flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE, “minutes”
will flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the wording (SPEEd) and the
unit (km/h) or (mph) previously set;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select speed
limit activation (On) or deactivation
(OFF);
– if the function has been activated (On),
press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select the required speed limit and then press MODE
to confirm;
Note The possible setting is between 30
and 200 km/h, or between 20 and 125
mph depending on the unit set previously (see paragraph “Setting the distance unit
(Unit)”) described later. Every press on
button ▲/▼ increases/decreases by 5
units. Keeping the button ▲/▼ pressed
obtains the automatic fast increase or decrease. When you are near the required
setting complete adjustment by single
presses.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Adjusting the buzzer volume
(bUZZ)
This function enables to adjust the volume
of the buzzer accompanying any failure/warning indication.
To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the wording (bUZZ);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select the required volume (volume can be adjusted according to 8 levels).
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the wording (Unit) and the previously set unit (km) or (mi);
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select the required distance unit.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Pagina 25
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
F0N1006g
F0N1005g
❒ briefly press button MODE to confirm setting and to go back to the
menu screen or press the button for
long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
MODE
F0N1002g
❒ press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select (YES)
(confirming activation/deactivation) or
(no) (to abort);
MODE
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
❒ the confirmation request message will
be displayed;
F0N1003g
F0N1002g
❒ press button MODE and after displaying the message (BAG P OFF) (to
deactivate) or (BAG P On) (to activate) by pressing buttons ▲ or ▼,
press again button MODE;
SAFETY
DEVICES
MODE
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
Proceed as follows:
IN AN
EMERGENCY
This function shall be used to activate/deactivate the front passenger’s air bag.
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Front passenger’s air bag
and side bag (where provided)
activation/deactivation (BAG P)
INDEX
9:56
F0N1003g
9-10-2008
F0N1001g
001-036 Ducato GB
25
Pagina 26
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY (where
provided)
The multifunction display shows useful information necessary when driving, in particular:
INFORMATION ON
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 19
The standard screen shows the following
indications:
A Date.
B Odometer (covered km or miles).
C Clock (always displayed, even with ignition key removed and front doors
closed).
D External temperature.
E Headlight aiming position (only with
dipped beam headlights on).
Note When opening one of the front
doors, the display will turn on and show
for a few seconds the clock and the km or
mi covered.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:56
SAFETY
DEVICES
9-10-2008
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
001-036 Ducato GB
26
F0N0018m
fig. 19
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 20
▲ To scroll the displayed menu and the
related options upwards or to increase the value displayed.
MODE Press briefly to display
the menu and/or to go to next
screen or to confirm the required menu option.
Long press to go back to the
standard screen.
▼ To scroll the displayed menu and the
related options downwards or to decrease the value displayed.
fig. 20
F0N0017m
Note Buttons ▲ and ▼ activate different
functions according to the following situations:
To adjust light inside the passenger
compartment
– with sidelights on and standard screen
active, enable to adjust the light intensity
from inside the vehicle
Setup menu
– to scroll the menu options upwards and
downwards;
– to increase or decrease values during settings.
Selecting an option of the main menu without submenu:
– press briefly button MODE to select
the main menu option to set;
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to select the new setting;
– press briefly button MODE to store the
new setting and to go back to the main
menu option previously selected.
Selecting “Set Date” and
“Set time”:
– briefly press button MODE to select
the first value to change (e.g. hours /minutes or year / month / day);
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to select the new setting;
– briefly press button MODE to store the
new setting and to go to the next setup
menu option, if this is the last one you will
go back to the previously selected option of
the main menu.
Press button MODE for long:
– to quit the set up menu if you are in the
main menu;
– to quit the main menu if you are at another point of the menu (e.g.: at submenu
option setting level, at submenu level or
at main menu option setting level);
– to save only the settings stored yet (and
confirmed by pressing button MODE).
The setup menu displaying is timed; when
quitting the menu due to timing expiry,
only settings stored yet by the user (and
confirmed by pressing briefly button
MODE) will be saved.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Selecting an option of the main menu with
submenu:
– press briefly button to display the first
submenu option;
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to scroll all the submenu options;
– press briefly button MODE to select
the displayed submenu option and to open
the relevant setup menu;
– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single presses) to select the new setting for this submenu option;
– press briefly button MODE to store the
new setting and to go back to the previously selected submenu option.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SETUP MENU fig. 21
The menu comprises a series of functions
arranged in a “circular fashion” which can
be selected through buttons + and – to
access the different select operations and
settings (setup) given in the following paragraphs. For certain options (Hour and
Unit) a submenu is provided.
The setup menu can be activated by pressing briefly button MODE.
Single presses on buttons ▲ or ▼ will
scroll the setup menu options.
Handling modes differ with each other according to the characteristic of the option
selected.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 27
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
27
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:56
Example:
Example:
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
English
Español
Français
Português
▲
▲
MODE
briefly press
button
▼
▲
SPEED BEEP
▼
Day
Year
▲
Month
MODE
briefly press
button
HEADL. SENSOR▼
TRIP B DATA
EXIT MENU
▼
▲
▼
SET TIME
▲
PASSENGER’S BAG
▼
▼
▲
SERVICE
▲
SET DATE
▼
▼
BELT BUZZ. (*)
▲
▲
SEE RADIO
▼
AUTOCLOSE
BUTTON VOL.
▲
INDEX
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the
standard screen. To surf the menu use buttons ▲ or ▼.
Note For safety reasons, when the vehicle is running,
it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for setting the “Speed Beep”). When the vehicle is stationary
access to the whole menu is enabled.
Deutsch
Italiano
Nederland
28
Pagina 28
▼ BUZZER
VOLUME
▼
▲
LANGUAGE
UNITS
▼
▼
▼
▲
F0N1000g
▲
▲
(*) This function can be only displayed after deactivating the S.B.R. system at Fiat Dealership.
fig. 21
To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: (On) will
flash on the display;
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the wording (Speed Beep);
– press button ▼: (Off) will flash on the
display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select speed
limit activation (On) or deactivation (Off);
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– if the function has been activated (On),
press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select the required speed limit and then press MODE
to confirm.
Note The possible setting is between 30 and
200 km/h, or between 20 and 125 mph depending on the unit set previously (see paragraph “Setting the distance unit (Units)”) described later. Every press on button ▲ / ▼
increases/decreases by 5 units. Keeping the
button ▲ / ▼ pressed obtains the automatic fast increase or decrease. When you are
near the required setting complete adjustment by single presses.
Headlight sensor sensitivity
adjustment (where provided)
With this function it is possible to adjust
the light sensor sensitivity according to 3
levels.
To set the required sensitivity level proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the previously set sensitivity “level” will flash on the
display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Trip B On/Off (tripB data)
Through this option it is possible to activate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B
(partial trip).
For further information see “Trip computer”.
For activation / deactivation, proceed as
follows:
– briefly press button MODE: (On) or
(Off) will flash on the display (according to
previous setting);
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
SAFETY
DEVICES
With this function it is possible to set the
vehicle speed limit (km/h or mph); when
this limit is exceeded the driver is immediately alerted (see section “Warning lights
and messages”).
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Speed limit (Speed Beep)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 29
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
29
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
30
9-10-2008
9:56
Pagina 30
Set clock (Set time)
This function enables to set the clock
through two sub-menus: “Time” and
“Mode”.
Proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the two sub-menus “Time” and
“Mode”;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to surf the two
sub-menus;
– select the required option and then
press button MODE;
– if selecting “Time”: briefly press button
MODE, “hours” will flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE, “minutes”
will flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– if selecting “Mode”: briefly press button
MODE, “24h” or “12h” mode will flash
on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to select “24h” or
“12h”.
After setting, briefly press button MODE
to go back to the submenu screen or
press the button for long to go back to the
main menu screen without storing settings.
– press again button MODE for long to
go back to the standard screen or to the
main menu according to the current menu
level.
Set date (Set Date)
This function enables to update the date
(year - month - day).
To correct the date proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, “day” will
flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE, “month”
will flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE, “year” will
flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting.
Note Every press on button ▲ or ▼ increases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the
button pressed obtains automatic fast increase or decrease. When you are near
the required setting complete adjustment
by single presses.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
When activated (On), this function locks
automatically the doors when the vehicle
speed exceeds 20 km/h.
Set unit (Units)
With this function it is possible to set the
units through three sub-menus: “Distances”,
“Consumption” and “Temperature”.
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) this
function proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, to display
the three sub-menus;
– briefly press button MODE to display
the submenu;
– press button ▲ or ▼ to surf the three
sub-menus;
– briefly press button MODE : (On) or
(Off) will flash on the display (according to
previous setting);
– select the required sub-menu and then
press briefly button MODE;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– if selecting “Distances”: briefly press button
MODE the display will show “km” or “mi”
(according to previous setting);
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings;
– press again button MODE for long to
go back to the standard screen or to the
main menu according to the current menu
level.
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– if selecting “Consumption”: briefly press button MODE the display will show “km/l”,
“l/100km” or “mpg” (according to previous
setting);
SAFETY
DEVICES
Automatic door locking with
vehicle running (Autoclose)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Audio repetition (See radio)
With this function the display repeats information relevant to the sound system.
– Radio: selected radio station frequency
or RDS message, automatic tuning activation or AutoSTore;
– audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;
– CD Changer: CD number and track
number;
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off)
sound system info displaying proceed as
follows:
– briefly press button MODE: (On) or
(Off) will flash on the display (according to
previous setting);
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 31
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
31
9:56
Pagina 32
If the distance unit set is “km” the fuel consumption unit will be displayed in km/l or
l/100km.
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
001-036 Ducato GB
32
If the distance unit set is “mi” the fuel consumption unit will be displayed in “mpg”.
– if selecting “Temperature”: briefly press button MODE, the display will show “°C” or
“°F” (according to previous setting);
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
After setting, briefly press button MODE
to go back to the submenu screen or
press the button for long to go back to the
main menu screen without storing settings.
– press again button MODE for long to
go back to the standard screen or to the
main menu according to the current menu
level.
Selecting the language (Language)
Display messages can be shown (after setting) in different languages: Italian, German,
English, Spanish, French, Portuguese and
Dutch.
To set the required language proceed as
follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set “language” will flash on the display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Adjusting the failure/warning
buzzer volume
(Buzzer Volume)
With this function the volume of the
buzzer accompanying any failure/warning
indication can be adjusted according to 8
levels.
To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set volume “level” will flash on the
display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
With this function the volume of the
roger-beep accompanying the activation
of buttons MODE, ▲ and ▼ can be adjusted according to 8 levels.
This function can be only displayed after
Fiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R.
system (see paragraph “S.B.R. system” in
section “Safety devices”).
To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set volume “level” will flash on the
display;
– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Scheduled Servicing (Service)
Through this function it is possible to display information connected to proper vehicle servicing.
Proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: service in
km or mi, according to previous setting,
will be displayed (see paragraph “Units”);
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen.
Note The “Service schedule” plans different service intervals according to engine models; service interval is displayed
automatically, with the ignition key at
MAR, starting from 2,000 km (or 1,240
mi) from this deadline and it is shown again
every 200 km (or 124 mi). Oil change
warning messages are displayed in the
same way. Use buttons ▲ and ▼ to display alternately service schedule info and
engine oil change info. Below 200 km servicing indications are displayed more frequently. Service indications will be displayed in km or mi according to previous
unit setting. When a programmed maintenance interval (coupon) is near to come,
turning the ignition key to MAR, the display will show the message “Service” followed by the number of km/mi to go before vehicle servicing. Contact a Fiat Dealership to carry out any service operation
provided by the “Service schedule” and to
reset the display.
SAFETY
DEVICES
S.B.R. buzzer reactivation
(Belt Buzzer)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Adjusting the button volume
(Button Vol.)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 33
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
33
INDEX
34
9:56
Pagina 34
F0N1009g
9-10-2008
Front passenger’s air bag
and side bag where provided)
activation/deactivation
(Passenger’s Bag)
MODE
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
MODE
▲ ▲
▼ ▼
F0N1009g
F0N1016g
MODE
F0N1009g
❒ briefly press button MODE, to display
the confirmation message and to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to the standard screen without storing settings.
F0N1013g
❒ display will show the confirmation
message;
❒ press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select (Yes)
(to confirm activation/deactivation) or
(No) (to abort);
F0N1011g
❒ press button MODE and, after displaying of messages (Bag pass: Off) (to
deactivate) or (Bag pass: On) (to activate) by pressing buttons ▲ and ▼,
press again button MODE;
F0N1014g
Proceed as follows:
F0N1010g
This function shall be used to activate/deactivate the front passenger’s air bag.
F0N1015g
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-036 Ducato GB
This is the last function that closes the circular setting cycle listed in the initial menu
screen.
General features
Briefly press button MODE to go back to
the standard screen without storing settings.
Press button ▼ to return to the first menu
option (Speed Beep).
The “Trip computer” displays information
(with ignition key at MAR), relating to the
operating status of the vehicle. This function comprises two separate and independent trips: “Trip A” and “Trip B” concerning the “complete mission” of the vehicle (journey).
“Trip B”, available on multifunction display
only, shall be used to display the figures
relating to:
– Trip distance B
– Average consumption B
– Average speed B
– Travel time B (driving time).
Both functions are resettable (reset - start
of new mission).
Note “Trip B” function can be excluded
(see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”). “Range”
and “Instant consumption” cannot be reset.
“Trip A” shall be used to display the figures relating to:
Values displayed
– External temperature
External temperature
– Range
It indicates the external temperature of
the driver compartment.
– Trip distance
– Average consumption
– Instant consumption
– Average speed
– Travel time (driving time).
SAFETY
DEVICES
TRIP COMPUTER
Range
This value shows the distance in km (or
mi) that the vehicle can still cover before
needing fuel, assuming that driving conditions are kept unvaried. The display will
show “----” in the following cases:
– value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
– vehicle left parked with engine running
for long.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Exit Menu
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 35
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:56
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
Trip distance
This value shows the distance covered
from the start of the new mission.
INDEX
001-036 Ducato GB
35
9:56
Pagina 36
Average consumption
This value shows instant fuel consumption
(this value is updated second by second).
If parking the vehicle with engine on,
the display will show “----”.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
001-036 Ducato GB
36
– after disconnecting/reconnecting the
battery.
This value shows the average consumption from the start of the new mission.
IMPORTANT The reset operation in the
presence of the screens concerning the
“Trip A” makes it possible to reset only
the information associated with this function.
Instant consumption
Average speed
This value shows the vehicle average
speed as a function of the overall time
elapsed since the start of the new mission.
Travel time
This value shows the time elapsed since
the start of the new mission.
IMPORTANT Lacking information, Trip
computer values are displayed with “----”.
When normal operating condition is reset, calculation of different units will
restart regularly. Values displayed before
the failure will not be reset.
fig. 22
F0N0019m
TRIP button fig. 22
Button TRIP, set on the top of the right
steering column stalk, shall be used (with
ignition key at MAR) to display and to reset the previously described values to start
a new mission:
– short push to display the different values
– long push to reset and then start a new
mission.
New mission
Reset can be:
– “manual” resetting by the user, by pressing the relevant button;
– “automatic” resetting, when the “Trip distance” reaches 3999,9 km or 9999,9 km or
when the “Travel time” reaches 99.59 (99
hours and 59 minutes);
IMPORTANT The reset operation in the
presence of the screens concerning the
“Trip B” makes it possible to reset only
the information associated with this function.
Start of journey procedure
With ignition key at MAR, press and keep
button TRIP pressed for over 2 seconds
to reset.
Exit Trip
To quit the Trip function: keep button
MODE pressed for over 2 seconds.
WARNING
Only make adjustments when
the vehicle is stationary.
Back rest angle adjustment fig. 23
Turn knob D.
fig. 23
Fabric upholstery of your Fiat
Ducato is purpose-made to
withstand common wear resulting from normal use of the
vehicle. It is however absolutely necessary to prevent hard and/or prolonged
scratching/scraping caused by clothing
accessories like metallic buckles, studs,
“Velcro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally the fabric could break yarns and
damage the upholstery as a consequence.
F0N0118m
WARNING
Once you have released the
lever, check that the seat is
firmly locked in the runners by trying
to move it back and forth. Failure to
lock the seat in place could result in
the seat moving suddenly and the driver losing control of the vehicle.
Seat height adjustment
Moving the seat backwards or
forwards fig. 23
Lift the lever A and push the seat forwards
or backwards: in the driving position the
arms should rest on the rim of the steering wheel.
To raise the seat: (being seated), move
lever B (front seat part) or lever C (rear
seat part) upwards and unload your weight
on the seat part to be raised.
WARNING
For maximum safety, keep
the back of your seat upright, lean back into it and make sure
the seat belt fits closely across your
chest and hips.
SAFETY
DEVICES
To lower the seat: (being seated), move
lever B (front seat part) or lever C (rear
seat part) upwards and load your weight
on the seat part to be lowered.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
FRONT SEATS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 37
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
37
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 38
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
38
fig. 24
F0N0147m
Lumbar adjustment
This feature ensures better back support.
To adjust, turn the knob E-fig. 24
SEAT WITH SHOCK ABSORBER
This seat features suspension with mechanical springing system and hydraulic
shock absorbers to guarantee top comfort and safety since the springing system
enables to absorb any shock due to bad
surface roads.
See previous paragraph “Front seats” for
moving the seat backwards or forwards
and for height, seat back, lumbar and armrest adjustment.
fig. 25
F0N0139m
fig. 26
F0N0148m
Setting seat shock
absorbers/weight
SEATS WITH ADJUSTABLE
ARMRESTS
Use the adjusting knob A-fig. 25 to set
the required adjustment according to your
weight, settings range between 40 kg and
130 kg.
The driver’s seat can be fitted with an adjustable armrest that can be raised or lowered. To adjust it, operate the small wheel
A-fig. 26.
WARNING
Make sure armrests are upright before fastening the
front seats belts (see paragraph “Seat
belts”).
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 39
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
The seat can be turned through 180° towards the facing seat
To turn the seat, operate control A-fig. 27.
Before turning the seat it must be first
moved forward and only after adjusted in
longitudinal direction fig. 27a.
F0N0173m
REVOLVING SEAT WITH
INTEGRAL SEAT
BELT (where provided)
1
fig. 27a
The seat is fitted with seat belts with three
anchorage points fig. 28, two adjustable
arm-rests (for adjustment see paragraph
“Seats with adjustable armrests”) and a
height-adjustable head restraint (see “Head
restraint” paragraph for adjustment).
2
F0N0700m
WARNING
Ensure the seat is locked in
driving position before driving off in the vehicle
WARNING
Only make adjustments
when the vehicle is stationary. Specially when revolving the seat,
make sure it is not interfering with the
handbrake lever.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 28
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
SEAT WITH ROTATING BASE
(where provided)
F0N0187m
fig. 27
INDEX
WARNING
Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a child seat
on the front passenger’s seat, make
sure to deactivate the front passenger’s air bag, to fasten the passenger’s
seat belt and to lower completely the
armrests to prevent their accidental
moving.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
Make sure the outer armrest
(door side) is completely upright before unfastening the seat belts
and getting out of the vehicle.
39
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 40
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
40
fig. 29
F0N0174m
fig. 30b
F0N0213m
To revolve the seat, operate lever Dfig. 30a (set on the right side of the seat).
Before turning the seat it must be first
moved forward and only after adjusted in
longitudinal direction fig. 27a.
fig. 30a
F0N0175m
Back rest angle adjustment
Operate lever A-fig. 29.
Seat height adjustment fig. 29
Operate controls B or C to raise/lower
the front/rear section of the seat respectively.
Revolving the seat
The seat can be turned 180° toward the
facing seat and 35° toward the door.
May be locked in driving position and to
180°.
WARNING
Ensure the seat is locked in
driving position before driving off in the vehicle
Seat warming fig. 30b
(where provided)
With ignition key at MAR, press button
E to switch the seat warming on/off. The
led on the button will light up when the
function is on.
fig. 30c
F0N0149m
FOLDING SHELF ON BENCH
SEAT (where provided) fig. 30c
The seat is fitted with a folding shelf that
may be used as a work surface for papers.
To use, pull tab A and lower the shelf.
The shelf incorporates two glass holders
and a clip board for documents.
WARNING
Do not position heavy
weights on the shelf with the
vehicle in motion because the items
could be thrown against the vehicle occupants in the event of sudden braking or impact, causing severe injury.
Turn knob A.
Access to the second row seats
fig. 31
fig. 30d
F0N0237m
UNDER-SEAT BASKET
(where provided)
The basket under the driver’s seat A-fig.
30d may be removed easily by withdrawing from the hooks on the support base.
WARNING
Do not position heavy
weights inside the basket
with the vehicle in motion because the
items could be thrown against the vehicle occupants in the event of sudden
braking or impact, causing severe injury.
fig. 30e
F0N0238m
SEAT BASE PLASTIC COVERS
(where provided) fig. 30e
Front trim A may be opened by operating the release handle B in the upper part.
This gives access to the under-seat basket
(see paragraph “Under-seat basket”)
The seat must be as far back as possible
to facilitate front trim opening and access
to the basket.
To allow removal of the front trim, the
trim must be turned forward as far as possible and withdrawn from the hooks present in the lower part by pulling toward
the front of the vehicle.
For accessing the second seat row, operate lever B of the external right side seat
of the first row and fold the back of the
seat forward guiding it with your left hand.
Moving the seat back to standard position
the seat will lock into the locking device
without using the lever again.
On Panorama 2nd row complete seat both
side seats are fixed.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Passengers’ seats back rest angle
adjustment fig. 31
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
PANORAMA VERSIONS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 41
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
41
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 42
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
COMBI VERSIONS
Easy Entry position
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
Raise lever A-fig. 32 and tilt the seat back
forward.
42
Pack position
Proceed as follows:
fig. 31
F0N0227m
– from the easy entry position, take the
head restraints out;
Tilting the central seat back
(2nd - 3rd row) fig. 31
– raise lever B-fig. 33 (set under lever
A) with your right hand;
Raise lever C and tilt the seat back forward.
– turn the back 5° towards the rear area;
On the back of the central seat back there
is a stiff surface acting as armrest and table
with glass/can holders.
Use the same lever to reposition the seat
back.
When folding the back of the central seat
of the second row, remove the head restraint in order to make the first row central seat back adjustment easier.
– tilt the back forwards with your left
hand.
fig. 32
F0N0228m
WARNING
Never travel seated in the 3rd
row with the 2nd row bench
tilted. Never position objects on the
tilted back of 2nd row bench seat: in
the event of crash or sudden brake
objects could be ejected against vehicle occupants and cause serious injuries. For further info see the adhesive label located under the bench.
On certain versions head restraints are adjustable in height and they lock automatically in the required position.
To adjust head restraints
fig. 33
F0N0229m
fig. 34
F0N0230m
fig. 35
F0N0231m
Removing the bench
IMPORTANT Two persons are required
to remove the bench.
To remove the bench proceed as follows:
– from pack position, turn levers C and
D-fig. 34 forward (as specified on the
adhesive label located on the lower
crossmember)
– raise forward the seat base;
– set the seat in vertical position
– from vertical position, turn levers E and
F-fig. 35 upwards;
– raise the bench from the floor and remove it.
WARNING
When refitting the bench
make sure it is properly secured into floor runners.
❒ to raise: raise the head restraint until
hearing the locking click.
SAFETY
DEVICES
FRONT fig. 36
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
HEAD RESTRAINTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 43
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
43
037-101 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 44
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel can be adjusted axially.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
Proceed as follows:
44
❒ release the lever A-fig. 37 pulling it
towards the steering wheel (position
2).
fig. 36
F0N0020m
❒ to lower: press button A and lower
the head restraint.
To lift out front head restraints: press at
the same time buttons A and B set on
both sides and take them out.
WARNING
Remember that the head restraints should be adjusted
to support the back of your head and
not your neck. Only in this position
do they exert their protective action
To optimise head restraint protective action, adjust the seat back upright and keep
your head as close as possible to the head
restraint.
❒ adjust the steering wheel as required;
❒ lock the lever A pushing it forwards
(position 1);
fig. 37
F0N0321m
WARNING
Any adjustment of the steering wheel position must be
carried out only with the vehicle stationary and the engine turned off.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
carry out whatever aftermarket operation involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affect performance and safety, cause the lapse
of warranty and also result in noncompliance of the vehicle with homologation requirements.
Pagina 45
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
REARVIEW MIRRORS
DRIVING MIRROR fig. 38
fig. 38
F0N0022m
fig. 39
F0N0024m
fig. 40
F0N0023m
It can be moved using the lever A to two
different positions: normal or antiglare.
DOOR MIRRORS
Adjustment fig. 39
Manual adjustment
Adjust each of the two mirrors directly by
hand.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
The mirror is fitted with a safety device
that causes it to be released in the event
of a violent crash.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
45
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
46
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 46
IMPORTANT If the mirror is folded by
hand it shall be returned to driving position by hand. If the mirror is folded electrically it can be returned to driving position electrically.
WARNING
The reflecting surface of the
lower part of the mirror is
parabolic to increase the range. Consequently, the dimension of the reflected image is reduced, giving the
impression that the object is more distant than it is in fact.
Demisting/defrosting
(where provided)
F0N0159m
fig. 41
Electrical adjustment
The mirrors can only be adjusted electrically when the key is at MAR. To adjust
mirrors, turn knob B to one of the following four positions:
Folding
When required (for example when the
mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)
it is possible to fold the mirror moving it
from position 1-fig. 40 to position 2.
Mirrors are fitted with resistors that will
activate when turning the heated rear window on (by pressing button ().
IMPORTANT This function is timed and
it will turn off automatically a few minutes
later.
ÿ1 left mirror, ⁄ 2 right mirror, ¤ 3 left
wide-angle, Ÿ 4 right wide-angle
Once the knob has been positioned, move
it in the direction indicated by the arrows
to adjust the reflecting surface of the selected mirror.
When driving the mirrors shall
always be in position 1-fig. 40.
Powered folding
(where provided)
Press the swinging button A-fig. 41 side
1 to set the mirror in driving position and
side 2 to fold the mirror.
WARNING
As the driver’s door mirror is
curved, it may slightly alter
the perception of distance.
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 47
HEATING AND VENTILATION
1. Fixed upper vent - 2. Central swivel vents - 3. Fixed side vents - 4. Side swivel vents - 5. Lower vents for front seats.
INDEX
fig. 42
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
F0N0322m
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
47
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 48
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
48
fig. 43
F0N0026m
fig. 44
F0N0027m
ADJUSTABLE AND SWIVEL
SIDE AND CENTRAL VENTS
fig. 43-44
A
B
C
D
E
Fixed vents for side windows.
Side swivel vents.
Fixed vents.
Central swivel vents.
Control for directing air flow.
Vents A and C are fixed.
F0N0028m
fig. 45
CONTROLS fig. 45
Fan activation /
speed adjustment knob B
Air temperature slider A
(mixing hot and cold air)
p 0 = fan off
Red section = hot air
Blue section = cold air
1-2-3 = fan speed
4 - = max. fan speed
FAST HEATING
¶ to convey air to the centre and side
To ventilate the passenger’s compartment
properly proceed as follows:
For fast heating of the passenger compartment, proceed as follows:
ß to warm the feet and convey cooler
❒ turn slider A to blue section;
❒ turn slider A to red section;
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú;
❒ turn air recirculation on by turning
knob D to Ò;
vents;
air to the dashboard vents, in intermediate temperature conditions;
© to heat with outside harsh tempera-
ture: to convey as much air as possible to the feet;
® to warm the feet and at the same time
demist the windscreen;
- for quick windscreen demisting.
❒ turn slider C to ¶;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
WARMING THE PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows:
Air recirculation on/off knob D
❒ turn slider A to red section;
Turn knob D to Ò to turn air recirculation on.
❒ turn knob C to the required position;
Turn knob D to Ú to turn air recirculation off.
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
❒ turn slider C to ©;
❒ turn knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
Then use the controls to keep the required comfort conditions and turn knob
D to Ú to turn air recirculation off and
to prevent misting up.
IMPORTANT With cold engine, you have
to wait for a few minutes to let the system fluid reach the operating temperature.
SAFETY
DEVICES
VENTILATION
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Air distribution slider C
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 49
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
49
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 50
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
Window demisting
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
In the event of considerable outside moisture and/or rain and/or considerable differences in temperature inside and outside
the passenger compartment, perform the
following preventive demisting procedure:
50
❒ turn slider A to red section;
fig. 46
F0N0185m
FRONT WINDOW FAST
DEMISTING/
DEFROSTING (WINDSCREEN
AND SIDE WINDOWS)
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn slider A to red section;
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú;
❒ turn slider C to -;
❒ turn knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
IMPORTANT to guarantee fast demisting/defrosting if the additional heater (under the seat or rear for Panorama and
Combi versions) is on, turn it off by pressing button F (led off) located on the control panel fig. 46.
After demisting/defrosting, operate the
controls to restore the required comfort.
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú ;
❒ turn slider C to - or to
windows do not demist;
❒ turn knob B to 2 speed.
nd
® if the
fig. 47
F0N0043m
HEATED REAR WINDOW AND
DOOR MIRROR
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
(where provided) fig. 47
Press button A to start this function;
when this function is on the button led is
on.
This function is timed and switches off automatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
this function press again button A.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over the
heating filaments to avoid damage that
might cause it to stop working properly.
This function is particularly useful when
the outside air is heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel etc.). However, it is better
not to use it for long periods, especially
if there several people in the vehicle.
MANUAL CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM
(where provided)
Do not use the air recirculation function
on rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting inside.
CONTROLS fig. 48
Air temperature slider A
(mixing hot and cold air)
Red section = hot air
Blue section = cold air
Fan activation /speed adjustment
knob B
p 0 = fan off
1-2-3 = fan speed
4 - = max. fan speed
SAFETY
DEVICES
Turn knob D to Ò .
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
system makes it possible to reach the required “heating” or “cooling” conditions
faster.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
AIR RECIRCULATION
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 51
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
51
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 52
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
Air recirculation on/off knob D
Press the button (button led on) to turn
air recirculation on.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Press the button again (button led off) to
turn air recirculation off.
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
Climate control system on/off
button E
Press the button (button led on) to turn
climate control system on.
Press the button again (button led off) to
turn climate control system off.
VENTILATION
To ventilate the passenger’s compartment
properly proceed as follows:
❒ turn slider A to blue section;
Air distribution slider C
¶ to convey air to the centre and side
vents;
ß to warm the feet and convey cooler
air to the dashboard vents, in intermediate temperature conditions;
INDEX
© to heat with outside harsh tempera-
52
F0N0029m
fig. 48
ture: to convey as much air as possible to the feet;
® to warm the feet and at the same time
demist the windscreen;
- for quick windscreen demisting.
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú ;
❒ turn slider C to ¶;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
Proceed as follows:
FRONT WINDOW FAST
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
(WINDSCREEN AND SIDE
WINDOWS)
❒ turn slider A to blue section;
❒ turn slider A to red section;
❒ turn air recirculation on by turning
knob D to Ò ;
❒ turn slider C to the required symbol;
❒ press button E to turn the climate
control system on; the button led E
will turn on;
FAST HEATING
❒ turn slider C to -;
For fast heating of the passenger compartment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú .
❒ turn slider A to red section;
Cooling adjustment
❒ turn air recirculation on by turning
knob D to Ò;
IMPORTANT to guarantee fast demisting/defrosting if the additional heater/conditioner (under the seat or rear for
Panorama and Combi versions) is on, turn
it off by pressing button F (led off) located on the control panel fig. 49.
❒ turn slider C to ¶;
❒ turn slider A to the right to raise temperature;
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú ;
❒ turn knob B to reduce the fan speed.
IMPORTANT Pressing conditioner compressor button E , will activate the function only if at last the first fan speed is selected (knob B).
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
❒ turn slider C to ©;
❒ turn knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
Then use the controls to keep the required comfort conditions and turn knob
D to Ú to turn air recirculation off
(button led off).
IMPORTANT With cold engine, you have
to wait for a few minutes to let the system fluid reach the operating temperature.
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn slider A to red section;
❒ turn knob B to 4 -(max. fan speed);
SAFETY
DEVICES
For fast cooling of the passenger compartment, proceed as follows:
WARMING THE PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 53
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
53
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 54
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
AIR RECIRCULATION
Turn knob D to Ò.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
This function is particularly useful when
the outside air is heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel etc.). However, it is better
not to use it for long periods, especially
if there several people in the vehicle.
After demisting/defrosting, operate the
controls to keep the required comfort.
IMPORTANT The climate control system
is very useful to speed up demisting since
it dehumidifies the air. Set controls to
demisting function and switch on the climate control system by pressing button
E; the knob led will turn on.
Window demisting
In the event of considerable outside moisture and/or rain and/or considerable differences in temperature inside and outside
the passenger compartment, perform the
following preventive demisting procedure:
❒ turn slider A to red section;
❒ turn air recirculation off by turning
knob D to Ú ;
❒ turn slider C to - or to
windows do not demist;
❒ turn knob B to 2nd speed.
54
F0N0185m
fig. 49
® if the
fig. 50
F0N0043m
IMPORTANT The climate control system
is very useful to prevent window misting
up in presence of high humidity since it dehumidifies the air.
HEATED REAR WINDOW AND
DOOR MIRROR
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
(where provided) fig. 50
Press button A to start this function;
when this function is on the button led is
on.
This function is timed and switches off automatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
this function press again button A.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over the
heating filaments to avoid damage that
might cause it to stop working properly.
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
system makes it possible (according to the
selected operating modes) to reach the
required “heating” or “cooling” conditions
faster.
Do not use the air recirculation function
on rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting inside.
The system is filled with
R134a refrigerant which will
not pollute the environment
in the event of leakage. Under no circumstances should R12 fluid
be used as it is incompatible with the
system components.
GENERAL
The vehicle is fitted with an automatic climate control system which makes it possible to adjust air flow, air temperature
and air distribution in the passenger's compartment. Temperature control is based
on the “equivalent temperature” logic, i.e.:
the system continuously works to keep
constant the comfort inside the passenger
compartment and to compensate any variation of the outside climate conditions, including sunshine detected by a proper sensor provided for the purpose.
The climate control system automatically
controls and adjusts the following parameters and functions:
❒ air temperature at vents;
❒ air distribution at vents;
❒ fan speed (continuous air flow variation);
❒ compressor activation (to cool/dehumidify air);
❒ air recirculation.
All the above functions can be changed
manually by selecting the required function/s and by changing the set parameters.
In this way the automatic control is deactivated; the system will resume automatic control only for safety reasons (e.g.
risk of window misting up).
Manual selections prevail over automatic
ones and remain in storage until the user
decides to resume automatic control by
pressing again button AUTO, except when
the system cuts in for particular safety
conditions.
The control of functions not changed manually remains automatic.
The temperature of the air admitted to
the passenger compartment is always controlled automatically according to the temperatures set on the display (except when
the system is off or under certain conditions when the compressor is off).
SAFETY
DEVICES
During winter, the climate control system
must be turned on at least once a month
for about 10 minutes. Before summer,
have the system checked at a Fiat Dealership.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM
(where provided)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 55
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
55
9:47
Pagina 56
The following parameters and functions
can be set or changed manually:
❒ air distribution on seven levels;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-101 Ducato GB
56
❒ air temperatures;
❒ fan speed (continuous variation);
❒ climate control compressor on/off;
❒ fast demisting/defrosting;
❒ air recirculation;
❒ system turning off;
F0N0200m
fig. 51
CONTROLS fig. 51
E System OFF button.
A AUTO button, automatic functions
control.
F Climate control compressor on/off
button.
B Air distribution button.
G Air recirculation button.
C Display .
H Buttons for adjusting fan speed
D MAX DEF function button.
I
Knob for adjusting temperature.
This way the system will start working
completely automatically to reach the
comfort temperature as quickly as possible. The system will set air temperature,
quantity and distribution and it will control the air recirculation function and the
activation of conditioner compressor.
❒ Ò air recirculation, to keep it always
on or off;
❒ Z to speed up demisting/defrosting of
windscreen, front side windows, rear
window and door mirrors;
During full automatic system operation,
you can change at any time set temperature, air distribution and fan speed by using the relevant buttons or knobs: the system will automatically change its settings
to adjust to the new requirements.
During FULL AUTO operation, changing
air distribution and/or flow and/or compressor activation and/or air recirculation
will make the FULL wording disappear. In
this way functions will pass from automatic
control to manual control until pressing
again the AUTO button. With one or
more functions engaged manually, the adjustment of the temperature of the air admitted to the passenger compartment
continues to be controlled automatically
by the system, except with the climate
control compressor off: under this condition in fact, the temperature of the air admitted to the passenger compartment
cannot be lower than outside air temperature.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The system can be started in different
ways, but it is advisable to press the AUTO button and then to turn the knob to
set the temperatures required on the display.
During fully automatic operation, the only manual settings required are the following:
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM ON
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 57
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
57
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
58
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 58
CONTROLS
Air temperature
adjusting knob (I)
temperatura
Turning the knob
clockwise or counter-clockwise,
respectively raises or lowers the
temperature of the air required in the
passenger compartment.
Set temperature is shown on the
display.
Turning the knob fully clockwise or
counter-clockwise until it reaches the extreme selections HI or LO, the maximum
heating or cooling functions are respectively engaged:
❒ HI function (highest heating power):
this is turned on by rotating the temperature knob clockwise and passing the max.
temperature value (32 °C).
This function can be engaged when requiring to heat the passenger compartment as quickly as possible, exploiting the
maximum potential of the system. Under
these conditions, the system is no longer
controlled by the automatic temperature
adjustment system and sets air mixing to
maximum heating by modulating speed
and air distribution.
More particularly, max. fan speed will not
be immediately engaged if coolant is not
hot enough; this to prevent admitting air
that is not warm enough to the passenger
compartment.
All manual settings are possible with this
function on.
To switch the function off, simply turn the
knob counter-clockwise and set the required temperature.
❒ LO function (highest cooling power:
this is turned on by rotating the temperature knob counter-clockwise and passing
the min. temperature value (16 °C).
This function can be engaged when requiring to cool the passenger compartment as quickly as possible, exploiting the
maximum potential of the system. Under
these conditions, the system is no longer
controlled by the automatic temperature
adjustment system and sets air mixing to
maximum cooling by modulating speed
and air distribution. All manual settings are
possible with this function on.
To switch the function off, simply turn the
knob clockwise and set the required temperature.
▲ Air flow to the windscreen and front
side window vents to demist or defrost them.
˙ Air flow at central and side dashboard
vents to ventilate the chest and the
face during the hot season.
▼ Air flow towards the front and rear
lower parts of the passenger compartment. Due to the natural tendency of heat to spread upwards, this type
of distribution allows heating of the
passenger compartment in the shortest time, also giving a prompt feeling
of warmth.
▲ Splitting of the air flow between the
▼ windscreen and front side window
demisting/defrosting vents and the
lower part of the passenger compartment. This type of air distribution allows satisfactory heating of the passenger compartment while preventing
possible misting of the windows.
▲ Splitting of the air flow between the
˙ windscreen and front side window
demisting/defrosting vents and the
dashboard centre and side outlets.
This air flow distribution enables to
obtain satisfactory cooling of the passenger's compartment and to keep the
required cooling condition in summer.
▲ Splitting of the air flow between the
˙ windscreen and front side window
▼ demisting/defrosting vents, dashboard
centre and side outlets and the lower
part of the passenger compartment.
This air flow distribution enables to
keep good overall comfort conditions
both in summer and in winter.
Lighting up of the relevant button leds
shows the type of air distribution selected.
To restore automatic air distribution control after a manual selection, press button
AUTO.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Pressing these buttons it
is possible to choose manually one of the
seven possible air distributions:
˙ Splitting of the air flow between the
▼ vents to the lower part of the passenger compartment (warmest air)
and the dashboard centre and side
outlets (coolest air). This air flow distribution is particularly useful in spring
and autumn when the sun is shining.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Air distribution
buttons (B)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 59
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
59
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
60
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 60
Fan speed adjusting
buttons (H)
Press button H ends to
increase or to decrease the fan speed and
therefore the amount of air admitted into
the passenger compartment, the system
will however keep the required
temperature.
The fan speed is shown by the lit bars on
the display
❒ Max fan speed = all bars lit
❒ Min fan speed = one bar lit.
The fan can be cut off only if the climate
control compressor has been switched off
pressing button F-fig. 51.
IMPORTANT To restore automatic fan
speed control after a manual adjustment,
press button AUTO.
IMPORTANT At high vehicle speed, the
dynamic effect increases the air flow inside
the passenger compartment that will not
be directly correlated with the lit fan
speed bars.
AUTO button (A)
(automatic
operation)
Pressing the AUTO
button the system automatically adjusts
the amount and distribution of the air
admitted to the passenger compartment,
cancelling all the previous manual
adjustments.
This condition is indicated by the message
FULL AUTO on the front display.
Manual operation of at least one automatic
function (air recirculation, air distribution,
fan speed or climate control compressor off)
will cause FULL message going off the display. This means that automatic control is
not complete (except temperature control
which is always automatic).
Air recirculation works
according to the following operating
logics:
❒ forced switching on (inside air recirculation always on), indicated by the
turning on of the led on the button G
and by symbol í on the display;
❒ forced switching off (air recirculation
always off with air inlet from the outside), indicated by the turning off of
the led on the button and by symbol
ê
on the display.
The above operating conditions are obtained by pressing in sequence the air recirculation button G.
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
system makes it possible to reach the required heating or cooling conditions faster.
SAFETY
DEVICES
To restore system automatic control at
any time, after one or more manual adjustments, press button AUTO.
Air recirculation
on/off button (G)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT If it is no longer possible to
reach and maintain the required passenger compartment temperature due to
manual function operation, the set temperature flashes to indicate that the system is experiencing difficulties and the AUTO message then goes off.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 61
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
61
Pagina 62
It is however inadvisable to use it on
rainy/cold days as it would considerably
increase the possibility of the windows
misting inside, especially if the climate control system is off.
With low outdoor temperatures, recirculation is turned off (with air intake from
outside) to prevent possible misting.
It is inadvisable to use the inside air recirculation function with low outside temperature as windows may mist over quickly.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:47
SAFETY
DEVICES
8-10-2008
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
037-101 Ducato GB
62
Climate control
compressor on/off
button (F)
Press pushbutton √ to
turn off the climate control system
compressor if it was on previously and
the logo on the display is turned off.
When the pushbutton is pressed with
the led off, control of compressor
activation is restored to automatic
control by the system. This condition is
indicated by the logo lighting up on the
display.
When turning the compressor off, the system will deactivate air recirculation to prevent window misting up. Although the system is able to keep the required temperature, the wording FULL will disappear from
the display. If the system is no longer able
to keep the required temperature, temperature figures will flash and the wording
AUTO will disappear from the display.
IMPORTANT With the climate control
compressor off, it is not possible to admit
air to the passenger compartment with a
temperature below the outside temperature; moreover, under certain environmental conditions, windows could mist up
fastly since air is not dehumidified.
The switching off of the climate control
compressor remains in storage even when
the engine has been stopped.
To restore automatic control for switching on the climate control compressor,
press again button √ (in this event the system will just work as heater) or press button AUTO.
With the compressor disabled, it is possible to zero the fan speed manually (no
bars displayed).
Press this button: the
climate control system will automatically
switch on all the functions required for
fast windscreen and front side window
demisting/defrosting, that is:
With the compressor enabled and the engine started, the fan speed may only drop
to minimum (one bar displayed).
❒ switches on climate control compressor when climatic conditions are suitable;
❒ air recirculation off;
❒ maximum air temperature HI on both
areas;
❒ activates proper fan speed according
to engine coolant temperature to limit the flow into the passenger compartment of air not warm enough to
demist the windows;
❒ directs air flow to windscreen and
front side windows vents;
❒ turns heated rear window on
IMPORTANT Fast demisting/defrosting
function stays on for about 3 minutes,
since engine coolant temperature reaches a temperature suitable for fast window
demisting.
When the max. demisting/defrosting function is on, the button led and the heated
rear window button led will turn on; FULL
AUTO wording on the display will turn
off.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Fast window
demisting/defrosting
button (D)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
With the compressor off, if the outside
temperature is higher than set, the system
is not able to meet the request. This is indicated by the temperature setting flashing, after which the AUTO message is
turned off.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 63
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
63
9:47
Pagina 64
When the max. demisting/defrosting function is on, the only manual operations possible are manual adjustment of the fan
speed and switching heated rear window
off.
To restore the operating conditions of the
system prior to function activation, just
press one of the following buttons: button
B, air recirculation button G, compressor
button F or button AUTO A.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-101 Ducato GB
64
Switching the
system OFF (E)
Press button E to turn
the system off, also the display will turn
off.
fig. 52
F0N0185m
When turned off the system conditions are
the following:
❒ display off;
IMPORTANT to guarantee fast demisting/defrosting if the additional heater/ conditioner (under the rear seat for Panorama and Combi versions) is on, turn it off
by pressing button F (led off) located on
the control panel fig. 52.
❒ air recirculation on, the passenger's
compartment is isolated from the outside (recirulation led on);
❒ conditioner compressor off;
❒ fan off.
Pagina 65
SAFETY
DEVICES
Certain versions are also fitted a supplementary heater set under the driver’s seat.
To activate the supplementary heater fan
press button F set on the control panel
fig. 53.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SUPPLEMENTARY
HEATER
(where provided)
fig. 53
F0N0185m
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Press AUTO to turn the system in automatic mode.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
65
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
66
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 66
SELF-STANDING
SUPPLEMENTARY
HEATER
(where provided)
Fiat Ducato can be equipped, upon request, with two different self-standing
heaters: one is totally automatic whereas
the other is programmable.
WARNING
The heater burns fuel in the
same way as the engine,
though, of course, to a lesser degree
and therefore to avoid intoxication
and suffocation, never use the supplementary heater in closed areas,
garages or workshops not equipped
with specific exhaust evacuation devices even for short periods of time.
AUTOMATIC VERSION
The supplementary heater will activate automatically with engine turned on and
proper engine coolant and outside temperature conditions. Deactivation is always
automatic.
IMPORTANT During periods of low temperature when the device is activated,
check that the fuel level is higher than the
reserve. Otherwise the device could lock
and require the assistance of the Fiat
Dealership.
PROGRAMMABLE VERSION
The supplementary heater is totally independent from the engine and can be used
to:
❒ heat the passenger compartment
when the engine is off;
❒ defrost the windows;
❒ heat the engine coolant and consequently the engine before starting.
The system consists of:
❒ diesel burner to heat coolant with exhaust fume muffler;
❒ metering pump connected to the vehicle fuel pipes to feed the burner;
❒ heat exchanger connected to the engine cooling system pipes;
fig. 54
F0N0150m
❒ control unit connected to the
heater/ventilation unit for automatic
operation;
❒ electronic control unit to check and
adjusted the integrated heater burner;
❒ digital timer A-fig. 54 to start the
heater manually or to program staring
time.
When the heater is turned on (automatically or manually), the electronic control
unit operates the fluid circulation pump
and safely ignites the burner according to
preset and controlled modes.
Thermal power is adjusted automatically
by the control unit according to the engine coolant temperature.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The heater can be started automatically
(programmed by means of the digital
timer) or manually by pressing the “heat
now” button on the timer.
The electronic control unit also controls
the circulation pump delivery in order to
reduce initial heating time. When the system is operating, the control unit operates
the heater unit fan to the second speed.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
In cold weather, the supplementary heater
warms and circulates constant temperature fluid in the engine cooling system for
the time required to ensure optimal engine ignition and passenger compartment
temperature conditions.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 67
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
67
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
68
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 68
IMPORTANT The heater is equipped with
a thermal switch which cuts off the heater
in the event of overheating caused by low
or leaking coolant. In this case, press the
program selection button to start the
heater again after repairing the cooling system fault and/or topping up the fluid.
The heater can turn itself off after engine
ignition or if the flame goes out. In this
case, turn the heater off manually and attempt to turn it back on again. If you cannot turn the heater on, contact a Fiat
Dealership.
Turning the heater on
If an automatic climate control system is
fitted, the control unit sets air temperature and distribution when the parking
heater is turned on.
When a manual heater/climate control
system is fitted, to achieve peak heater
performance, check that the passenger
compartment heater/ventilation unit air
temperature knob is in “warm air” position.
For preferential passenger compartment
preheating, turn the air distribution knob
to position ©.
For preferential windscreen demisting, set
the air distribution knob to position -.
To obtain both functions, set the air distribution knob to position ®.
fig. 55
F0N0151m
Digital timer fig. 55
1) Heater cycle warning light
2) Display light
3) Clock pre-set recall number
4) Clock button
5) Hour “forward” button
6) Program selection button
7) Hour “back” button
8) Heat now button
9) Display/adjust time warning light
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 69
F0N0153m
fig. 58
F0N0154m
“Heat now” function fig. 56
Setting the clock
Programmed heating fig. 58
To turn the heater on manually, press
timer button 8. The display and warning
light 1 will stay on while the heater is in
use.
❒ Press button 4: display and warning
light 9-fig. 57 will light up.
Heater ignition can be delayed from 1
minute to 24 hours. Three different times
can be programmed but only one will be
activated for each pre-warming cycle.
Programming the heater
When the display is turned off, the current time will be stored.
Before programming the heater, set the
clock.
❒ Within 10 seconds, press button 5 or
7 to select the correct time.
Keeping button 5 or 7 pressed will fast
forward or backward the clock.
Reading the clock fig. 48
To read the clock, press button 4: current
time will be displayed for approximately
10 seconds. Warning light 9 will turn on.
To program starting time:
❒ press button 6: either symbol 10 or
the previously programmed time and
number 3 (corresponding to the preset function recalled) will light up for
10 seconds;
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 57
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0152m
INDEX
fig. 56
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
69
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 70
Turning the heater off
IMPORTANT To recall other preset
times, press button 6 within 10 seconds.
According to the operation mode (automatic or manual), the heater can be turned
off:
– press button 5 or 7 within 10 seconds
to select the starting time required.
❒ automatically, after the preset period of time (60 minutes when the display light is red);
IMPORTANT Time is stored when:
❒ starting time goes off;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
❒ number 3 is displayed;
70
❒ the display turns on.
IMPORTANT At turning on:
❒ warning light corresponding to flame
1 on the display will turn on;
❒ number 3 will turn off.
Deleting a programmed
starting time fig. 58
To delete the programmed starting time,
press button 6 briefly: the display light will
go off and number 3 corresponding to the
selected preset time will disappear.
fig. 59
F0N0155m
Recalling a pre-set time fig. 59
Press button 6 repeatedly until the required preset starting time appears on the
display (number 3) After 10 seconds, the
time will disappear (it will stay stored),
number 3 and the display will light up.
IMPORTANT To change or delete preset times, follow the instructions in the
paragraphs above.
❒ manually by pressing again button
“heat now” on the timer (flame 1 button).
In each case, the heater warning light, the
display and the passenger compartment
fan will be turned off and the heater flame
will be blown out.
The coolant circulation pump will run for
approximately two minutes after the
heater has been turned off to dispose of
as much heat as possible. During this phase
the heater can, however, be turned on.
IMPORTANT The parking heater goes off
when the battery voltage is low to enable
the vehicle to be started up.
IMPORTANT Before turning on the device, ensure that the fuel level is higher
than the reserve. Otherwise the device
could lock and require the assistance of
the Fiat Dealership.
❒ Do not park the vehicle over inflammable material such as paper, dry grass
or leaves: fire risk!
❒ The temperature near the heater must
never exceed 120°C (e.g. during painting operations in a workshop oven).
Higher temperatures could damage
the electronic control unit components.
❒ When the engine is off, the heater takes
power from the battery: it is consequently important to run the engine for
a certain period of time in order to restore the battery charge.
❒ Follow the prescriptions in section
“Vehicle maintenance” at paragraph
“Engine coolant level” to check the
coolant level. The coolant in the circuit must contain at least 10% antifreeze fluid.
❒ Maintenance and repairs must always
be carried out by a Fiat Dealership and
only genuine spare parts must be used.
MAINTENANCE
Have the heater checked at a Fiat Dealership periodically (always before winter).
This will ensure safe and cheap running
and long appliance life.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ Always remember to turn the heater
off when refuelling or standing in service stations to avoid fires and explosions.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WARNING
The heater burns fuel in the
same way as the engine,
though, of course, to a lesser degree
and therefore to avoid intoxication
and suffocation, never use the supplementary heater in closed areas,
garages or workshops not equipped
with specific exhaust evacuation devices even for short periods of time.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 71
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
71
037-101 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 72
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
❒ Turn knob D to position “all warm”
(ring to red sector) to make warm air
(with stabilised engine rpm) flow out
from rear lower vents (located under
the 2^-3^ row seats for Panorama versions and from the grille on left wheelhouse side for Combi versions).
72
fig. 60
F0N0233m
SUPPLEMENTARY REAR
HEATER
(where provided for Panorama and
Combi versions)
Panorama and Combi versions are provided with main plus (optional) supplementary heater with control located on
the headlining above the second seat row
fig. 60.
To turn the heater on, press button
F-fig. 61 on the control panel.
fig. 61
F0N0185m
❒ Turn knob D to position “all cold”
(ring to blue sector) to make air at ambient temperature flow out from rear
lower vents (located under the 2^-3^
row seats for Panorama versions and
from the grille on left wheelhouse side
for Combi versions).
For turning on, press button F-fig. 61
on the control panel, the supplementary
air conditioner works only if the main one
is on.
❒ Turn knob D to position “all warm”
(ring to red sector) to make warm air
(with stabilised engine rpm) flow out
from rear lower vents (located under
the 2nd-3rd row seats for Panorama versions and from the grille on left wheelhouse side for Combi versions).
❒ Turning knob D to intermediate positions will distribute air flow between
roof vents and lower vents, changing
air temperature.
IMPORTANT Turning the main conditioner compressor on (pressing button E),
although the supplementary conditioner
fan is at 0, will automatically activate the
1st speed to prevent the formation of ice
and damages to the component as a consequence.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Panorama and Combi versions are provided with main plus (optional) supplementary heater/air conditioner with control located on the headlining above the
second seat row fig. 60.
❒ Turn knob D to position “all cold”
(ring to blue sector) to make cold air
flow out from the vents located on the
roof.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SUPPLEMENTARY REAR AIR
CONDITIONER
(where provided for Panorama and
Combi versions)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 73
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
73
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 74
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
The left-hand stalk operates most of the
external lights.
The external lights can only be switched
on when the ignition key is at ON.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF fig. 62
74
Knurled ring turned to å.
fig. 62
F0N0030m
fig. 64
F0N0032m
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
fig. 64
Turn the knurled ring to 2.
Instrument panel warning light 3 will
turn on.
fig. 63
F0N0031m
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS fig. 63
Turn the knurled ring to 6.
Instrument panel warning light 3 will
turn on.
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 75
When the knurled ring is at 2 pull the
lever towards the steering wheel (2nd unstable position).
The warning light 1on the instrument
cluster will come on at the same time.
To turn the main beams off, pull again the
lever towards the steering wheel (dipped
beams will turn on again).
F0N0034m
fig. 67
F0N0035m
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS
fig. 66
DIRECTION INDICATORS
fig. 67
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel
(1st unstable position) regardless of the
position of the knurled ring. The warning
light 1 on the instrument panel will turn
on.
Move the stalk to (stable) position:
PARKING LIGHTS
Instrument panel warning light F or D
will flash.
These lights can only be turned on with ignition key at STOP or removed, by moving the left stalk knurled ring first to O and
then to 6 or 2.
The warning light 3 on the instrument
cluster will come on at the same time.
❒ up (position 1): right-hand direction indicator;
❒ down (position 2): left-hand direction
indicator.
Indicators are switched off automatically
when the steering wheel is straightened.
Lane change function
If you want to signal that you want to
change lane, move the left stalk to unsteady position for less than half a second.
The direction indicator of the selected
side activates for 5 blinks and then automatically turns off.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 65
fig. 66
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0033m
INDEX
fig. 65
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
75
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 76
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
Each time the stalk is operated, the instrument panel warning light 3 will turn
on together with a message on the display
(see section “Warning lights and messages”) until the function is active. The
warning light comes on the first time the
stalk is operated and will stay on up to automatic function deactivation. Each operation of the stalk will extend just the lights
switching on time.
76
fig. 68
F0N0036m
fig. 69
F0N0037m
Deactivation
“FOLLOW ME HOME”
DEVICE
This function allows the illumination of the
space in front of the vehicle for a preset
period of time.
Activation fig. 68
With the ignition key at OFF or removed,
pull the stalk towards the steering wheel
within 2 minutes from when the engine
is turned off.
At each single movement of the stalk, the
staying on of the lights is extended by 30
seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds;
then the lights are switched off automatically.
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steering wheel for more than 2 seconds.
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS
SENSOR (daylight sensor)
(where provided)
It detects the changes of the external light
intensity of the vehicle according to the
light sensitivity set: the greater the sensitivity is, the smaller the amount of external light necessary to control the switching-on of the external headlights will be.
The daylight sensor sensitivity can be adjusted by the “Set-up menu” of the display.
Activation fig. 69
A : in this way,
Turn the knurled ring to 2
the automatic activation of the side/taillights and dipped beam headlights is simultaneously enabled according to the external luminosity.
Deactivation
As a result of the sensor control, the
dipped beam headlights will switch off and,
after about 10 seconds, sidelights will
switch off too.
The sensor is not able to detect the fog
presence, lights shall therefore be
switched on manually.
Pagina 77
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
WINDOW WASHING
WINDSCREEN WASHER/
WIPER
The right stalk can be moved to five different positions fig. 70:
fig. 71
A: windscreen wiper off
B: flick wipe.
Never use the window wiper
to remove ice or snow from
the windscreen. In these conditions, the wiper is submitted
to excessive effort that results in motor protection cutting in and wiper operation inhibition for few seconds as a
consequence. If operation is not restored contact Fiat Dealership.
With the stalk in position B, turning the
knurled ring F four possible intermittent
speeds are obtained:
, = very slow intermittent
-- = slow intermittent
--- = intermittent medium
---- = fast intermittent
C: continuous slow;
D: continuous fast;
E: fast temporary (unstable position).
F0N0039m
fig. 70
F0N0038m
Operation in position E is limited to the
time the stalk is held in this position.
When the stalk is released, it returns to
position A automatically stopping the
wiper.
IMPORTANT Replace wiper blades as
specified in section “Vehicle maintenance”.
“Smart washing” function
Pulling the stalk towards the steering
wheel (unstable position) operates the
windscreen washer fig. 71.
Keeping the stalk pulled for more than half
a second, with just one movement it is
possible to operate the washer jet and the
wiper at the same time.
The wiper stops working four strokes after releasing the stalk.
A further stroke after five seconds completes the wiping operation.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
This device can only work when the ignition key is at ON.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
77
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 78
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
Turning the knurled ring F it is possible to
increase the sensitivity of the rain sensor.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Move the stalk off B or turn the ignition
key to OFF. At next engine starting (key
at ON), the sensor will not be reactivated
even if the stalk is at B. In this event, to activate the rain sensor you have to move
the stalk to A or C and then again to B
or turn the knurled ring. Rain sensor activation will be indicated by at least one
wiper “stroke” even if the windscreen is
dry. The rain sensor is capable of recognizing and adapting automatically to the
difference between day and night.
The rain sensor is located behind the driving mirror in contact with the windscreen
and has the purpose of automatically adjust, during the intermittent operation, the
frequency of the windscreen wiper
strokes as to the rain intensity.
IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in the
sensor area.
78
Deactivation fig. 72
RAIN SENSOR
(where provided)
IN AN
EMERGENCY
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
Activation fig. 72
Move the right-hand stalk downwards by
one position B.
The activation of the rain sensor is signalled by a control acquisition “stroke”.
WARNING
Streaks of water may cause
unrequired blade moving.
fig. 72
F0N0038m
The increase of the sensitivity of the rain
sensor is signalled by a control and acquisition “stroke”.
Operating the windscreen washer with
the rain sensor activated the normal washing cycle is performed at the end of which
the rain sensor resumes its normal automatic function.
HEADLIGHT WASHER
(where provided)
Headlight washers are “retractable”, i.e.:
they are located inside the front bumpers
and they are activated when (with dipped
beams on) the windscreen washer is operated.
IMPORTANT Check at regular intervals
correct operation and cleanness of nozzles.
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn the knurled ring A to ON and
press the accelerator pedal to the required speed;
fig. 73
F0N0040m
DEVICE ENGAGEMENT
fig. 73
Turn knurled ring A to ON.
The Cruise Control cannot be engaged
in first or reverse gear. It is advisable to
engage it in 4th or higher gears.
Travelling downhill with the device engaged, the vehicle speed may increase
more than the memorised one.
When the device is activated the warning light Ü turns on together with the relevant message on the instrument panel.
❒ move the stalk upwards (+) for at least
one second, then release it. The vehicle speed is memorised and it is
therefore possible to release the accelerator pedal.
In the case of need (when overtaking for
instance) acceleration is possible simply
pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing
the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will return to the speed memorised previously.
TO RESET THE MEMORISED
SPEED
If the device has been disengaged for example pressing the brake or clutch pedal,
the memorised speed can be reset as follows:
❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a
speed approaching the one memorised;
❒ engage the gear selected at the time of
speed memorising;
❒ press button RES B.
SAFETY
DEVICES
It is a device able to support the driver,
with electronic control, which allows driving at speed over 30 km/h on long and
straight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at a
desired speed, without pressing the accelerator pedal. Therefore it is not suggested to use this device on extra-urban
roads with traffic. Do not use it in town
TO MEMORISE SPEED
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CRUISE CONTROL
(where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 79
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
79
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 80
TO INCREASE THE MEMORISED
SPEED
The speed memorised can be increased in
two ways:
❒ pressing the accelerator and then
memorising the new speed reached;
or
Each operation of the stalk will correspond to a slight increase in speed (about
1 km/h), while keeping the stalk upwards
will correspond to a continuous speed increase.
The speed memorised can be increased in
two ways:
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
❒ moving the stalk upwards (+).
IN AN
EMERGENCY
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
80
TO REDUCE MEMORISED
SPEED
❒ disengaging the device and then memorising the new speed;
or
❒ moving the stalk downwards (–) until
reaching the new speed which will be
memorised automatically.
Each operation of the stalk will correspond to a slight reduction in speed (about
1 km/h), while keeping the stalk downwards will correspond to a continuous
speed reduction.
DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT
The device can be disengaged in the following ways:
❒ turning the knurled ring A to OFF;
The device is automatically deactivated in
one of the following cases:
❒ ABS or ESP system cut-in;
❒ system failure.
❒ turning the engine off;
❒ pressing the brake pedal or engaging
the hand brake;
❒ pressing the clutch pedal;
❒ shifting gear with automatic transmission in sequential mode;
WARNING
When travelling with the device on, never set the
gearshift lever to neutral.
❒ with vehicle speed below the preset
limit;
❒ pressing the accelerator pedal; in this
case the system is not really disengaged but the request for acceleration
takes priority over the system. The
cruise control is however active and it
will not be necessary to press button
RES to resume previous conditions
after ending acceleration.
WARNING
In the event of device malfunction or failure, turn the
knurled ring A to OFF and contact a
Fiat Dealership after checking the
protection fuse integrity.
Pagina 81
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
CEILING LIGHTS
Switch B performs the spot function; with
light off, it will turn on:
❒ light C if pressed on the left side;
❒ light D if pressed on the right side.
IMPORTANT Before getting out of the
vehicle, make sure the switch is at central position: lights off with doors closed
in order to avoid draining the battery.
In any case, if the switch is left inadvertently to the On position, the lights will turn
off automatically 15 minutes after turning
the engine off.
Ceiling light timing
On certain versions to facilitate getting
in/out of the vehicle at night or with poor
lighting, 2 different timed switching on
modes have been provided.
fig. 74
F0N0041m
fig. 75
F0N0042m
fig. 76
F0N0219m
LIGHT TIMING WHEN GETTING
INTO THE VEHICLE
Lights will turn on as follows:
❒ for about 10 seconds when opening
front doors;
❒ for about 3 minutes when opening one
of the side doors;
❒ for about 10 seconds when closing the
doors.
Timing will stop when turning the ignition
key to MAR.
LIGHT TIMING WHEN GETTING
OUT OF THE VEHICLE
After removing the key from the ignition
switch, the ceiling lights will turn on as follows:
❒ within 2 minutes from turning the engine off for about 10 seconds;
❒ when opening one of the side doors
for about 3 minutes;
❒ when closing one of the doors for
about 10 seconds.
Timing will stop automatically when locking the doors.
LOAD COMPARTMENT CEILING
LIGHT fig. 75
It is located above the rear door, to turn
it on press the lens as shown in the figure.
LOAD COMPARTMENT SIDE
CEILING LIGHT (where provided)
fig. 76
To turn it on press the lens as shown in
the figure.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Switch A-fig. 74 turn on/off these lights.
With switch A in central position, lights C
and D will turn on/off when opening/closing the front doors. With switch A pressed
on the left side, lights C and D will always
stay off. With switch A pressed on the right
side, lights C and D will always stay on.
Light turning on/off is gradual.
SAFETY
DEVICES
FRONT CEILING LIGHT WITH
SPOT LIGHTS
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
81
037-101 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 82
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
CONTROLS
HAZARD LIGHTS fig. 78
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
They turn on by pressing switch A, regardless of the position of the ignition key.
82
With device on, indicator lamps Î and ¥
flash on the instrument panel.
fig. 77
F0N0220m
REMOVABLE CEILING LIGHT
(where provided) fig. 77
This ceiling light can be both used as fix
light and as removable electric torch.
When the removable ceiling light is connected to the fix support, the electric
torch cell is recharged automatically. Ceiling light recharge with the vehicle at a
standstill and ignition key at STOP or removed is limited to 15 minutes.
Press the switch again to turn the lights
off.
fig. 78
F0N0044m
fig. 79
F0N0045m
The use of hazard lights is governed by the
Highway Code of the country you are in.
Keep to the rules.
Emergency braking
In the event of emergency braking the
emergency lights automatically turn on and
at the same time the lights Î end ¥ turn
on on the dashboard.
The function automatically turns off when
the emergency braking stops.
This function complies with the current applicable laws.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS
(where provided) fig. 79
To turn front fog lights on, press button
5, to activate these lights it is necessary
to have the side/taillights switched on.
Warning light 5 on the instrument panel will turn on.
Press the button again to turn the lights
off. The use of front fog lights is governed
by the Highway Code of the country you
are in. Keep to the rules.
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 83
Press button 4, to turn these lights on it
is necessary to have the dipped beam
headlights or the front fog lights (where
provided) switched on.
Warning light 4 on the instrument panel
will turn on.
Press the button again to turn the light off
or turn off dipped beams and/or front fog
lights (where provided).
The use of rear fog lights is governed by the
Highway Code of the country you are in.
Keep to the rules.
PARKING LIGHTS
These lights can only be turned on with ignition key at STOP or removed, by moving the left stalk knurled ring first to O and
then to 6 or 2.
The warning light 3 on the instrument
cluster will come on at the same time.
F0N0043m
fig. 81a
F0N0810m
fig. 81b
F0N0811m
HEATED REAR WINDOW
(where provided) fig. 81
Press button A to turn on this function.
This function will turn off automatically after about 20 minutes.
BATTERY DISCONNECTION
FUNCTION (DISCONNECTOR)
(where provided)
The battery disconnection function is enabled with the ignition key in the BATT
position, as illustrated on the dedicated
plate located in the area illustrated in
fig. 81b. To turn the ignition key to the
BATT position, press button A (red)
fig. 81a. The battery will be disconnected, by interrupting the earth lead, about
45 seconds after the key is turned to the
BATT position.
This 45 second period is necessary to:
❒ allow the driver to get out of the vehicle and lock the doors using the remote control;
❒ guarantee that all the vehicle electrical
systems have been deactivated.
With the battery disconnected, access to
the vehicle will only be possible by unlocking the driver’s door using the mechanical lock. To restore the battery connection, insert the ignition key and turn
it to the MAR position, the vehicle can be
started normally at this point. When the
battery has been disconnected it may be
necessary to reset some of the electrical
devices (e.g. the clock, date, etc.).
IN AN
EMERGENCY
REAR FOG LIGHT fig. 80
fig. 81
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0046m
INDEX
fig. 80
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
83
037-101 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 84
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
POWER SUPPLY AND
FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH
84
fig. 82
fig. 83
F0N0047m
F0N0132m
DOOR LOCK fig. 82
To lock all doors at the same time, press
button A, located on the central console
control panel, regardless of the position
of the ignition key. Press button B to unlock the doors.
The window control panel features a button D for independent locking/unlocking of
the load compartment fig. 83.
The vehicle is fitted with a safety switch that
in the event of a crash comes into operation by cutting off fuel and turning off the engine as a consequence. When the inertial
switch cuts in, fuel supply is stopped and hazard and sidelights will turn on, for turning
off press button A. An additional safety
switch is also fitted, that in the event of a
crash comes into operation by cutting off the
power supply. These two safety switches
therefore prevent dangerous fuel leaks due
to fuel line cracking and sparks or electric discharges due to damaging or malfunctioning
of the electric components of the vehicle in
the event of a crash.
IMPORTANT After a crash, remember to
remove the key from the ignition device to
prevent battery run-down.
If, after a crash no fuel leaks or damages to
the electric devices (e.g. headlights) are
found and the vehicle can be started again,
reset the fuel cut-off switch and the power
supply cut-off switch (where provided). Follow the instructions given below.
fig. 84
F0N0048m
WARNING
If, after a crash, you smell fuel or see leaks from the fuel
system, do not reset the switches to
avoid fire risk.
Resetting the fuel cut-off switch
fig. 84
To reset the fuel cut-off switch, press button A.
Resetting the power supply cut-off
switch (Schoolbus/Minibus) fig. 85
The switch is located on the battery positive terminal.
To reset the power supply cut-off
switch, proceed as follows:
❒ press button A to reset the fuel cutoff switch;
❒ press button B to reset the power
supply switch.
Pagina 85
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
INTERIOR EQUIPMENT
SAFETY
DEVICES
UPPER ODDMENT
COMPARTMENT REFRIGERATED
COMPARTMENT
(where provided) fig. 86
To use it, lift the lid as shown in the figure.
fig. 85
F0N0127m
WARNING
Before resetting the power
supply cut-off switch carefully inspect the vehicle for fuel leaks
or damages to electric devices (e.g.
headlights).
If the climate control system is fitted, the
compartment (with bottle holder recess)
can be cooled/warmed through a poper
outlet connected to the climate control
system.
fig. 86
F0N0049m
fig. 87
F0N0050m
fig. 88
F0N0051m
GLOVEBOX fig. 87
To open the glovebox operate handle A.
WARNING
Before resetting the fuel cutoff switch carefully inspect
the vehicle for fuel leaks or damages
to electric devices (e.g. headlights).
To lock/unlock it, turn the key clockwise/counterclockwise. To open it operate the relevant handle.
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
GLOVEBOX WITH LOCK fig. 88
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
9:47
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8-10-2008
This compartment is suitable to house a
portable computer.
IMPORTANT For models other than
Schoolbus/Minibus, button B is replaced
by a proper fuse; to replace it contact Fiat Dealership
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
85
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 86
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
86
fig. 89
F0N0052m
fig. 92
F0N0134m
❒ Open lid A and remove it as shown in
fig. 92:
fig. 93
F0N0218m
❒ turn the locking knob B counterclockwise and remove it to extract the
compartment.
REAR SEPARATION PANEL
fig. 91
F0N0128m
DOOR POCKETS fig. 91
Document / map pockets are located in
door panels.
ODDMENT COMPARTMENT
UNDER THE FRONT
PASSENGER’S SEAT
To use it, proceed as follows:
fig. 90
F0N0053m
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS
Oddment compartment A-fig. 89 is located in the middle of the dashboard.
Oddment compartment B-fig. 90 is located on the right side of the dashboard,
above the glovebox.
The vehicle can be fitted with fixed rear
separation panel or it can be provided
with sliding glass.
To open/close the sliding glass fig. 93 use
the relevant knob A.
Special versions are provided with a protection grid located on the separation panel glass inside the load compartment.
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 87
F0N0055m
fig. 96
F0N0146m
GLASS HOLDER - CAN HOLDER
fig. 94
CIGAR LIGHTER fig. 95
ASHTRAY fig. 96
It is located in the central panel.
Glass - can holder recesses are located on
the central panel.
Press button A to switch on the cigar
lighter with ignition key at MAR.
The ashtray is a removable plastic box that
can be fitted into the glass/can recesses on
the central panel.
After about 15 seconds the button will return to its initial position and is ready for
use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the cigar lighter has turned off.
WARNING
The cigar lighter gets very
hot. Handle it with care and
make sure that it is not used by children: danger of fire and/or burns.
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as
waste paper basket: it might set on fire in
contact with cigarette stubs.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 95
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0054m
INDEX
fig. 94
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
87
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 88
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
fig. 97
fig. 98
F0N0057m
fig. 99
F0N0058m
These are positioned to the sides of the
rear-view mirror. They can swing to the
sides and up or down.
CURRENT OUTLET
(where provided)
It is located on the central panel, near the
cigar lighter fig. 98.
fig. 100
F0N0190m
WRITING/READING DESK
(where provided)
STOWING SPACE ABOVE THE
CAB fig. 100 (where provided)
In the middle of the dashboard, above the
sound system compartment, is fitted a
writing desk A-fig. 99 that, on certain versions can be used as a reading desk by lifting its rear part and then resting it on the
dashboard as shown in the figure.
It is set above the driver's cab and it has
been designed to stow light items.
On versions fitted with passenger's air bag,
the writing/reading desk is fix.
SUN VISORS fig. 97
To use it open cap A.
88
F0N0056m
WARNING
Never use the writing desk
in vertical position when
travelling.
Max. admissible:
– localised load ...................................10 kg
– load distributed on the whole
shelf surface .....................................20 kg
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 89
F0N0149m
ODDMENT COMPARTMENT IN
THE CAB (CAPUCINE) fig. 101
(where provided)
FOLDING TOP (where provided)
This oddment compartment is set above
the sun visors and it has been designed to
offer prompt stowing for light items (e.g.
documents, road maps, etc. …)
It houses two recesses for glasses/cans and
tabletop with paper clip.
To use it, pull tab A-fig. 102 and lower
the folding top.
fig. 103
F0N0217m
REARVIEW CAMERA AND
DISPLAY SYSTEM
(where provided)
The parking camera system fig. 103 enables the driver to see the area at the back
of the vehicle on the display A-fig. 104
set in the passenger compartment.
The system consists of a camera with a
plastic case installed on the rear cross
member on the roof that houses also the
third brake light, and a display with a plastic case housed in the top oddment compartment.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 102
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0191m
INDEX
fig. 101
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
89
9:47
Pagina 90
Instructions for use
To clean the display use also a dry soft
cloth. Dust can be removed using proper
brushes provided for the purpose. Never use detergents.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-101 Ducato GB
90
To clean the camera use a soft cloth when
the protecting glass is dirty or frozen (outside). Never use other tools for cleaning
it to prevent scratching the glass.
fig. 104
F0N0214m
The display is provided with buttons
(On/Off, brightness, background brightness). To use it, press the release button
and set the display to open position.
The rearview display is adjusted and oriented like mirror and when it is not used
it shall be stowed into the top oddment
compartment.
ACTIVATION
The system activates with ignition key fitted when engaging reverse or pressing the
relevant button. With reverse engaged
and vehicle moving, the system will work
up to a max. speed of about 15km/h and
it will deactivate if 18km/h speed is exceeded. Displayed image will stay on for
approx. 5 seconds after disengaging reverse.
fig. 105
F0N0215m
GENERAL DIRECTIONS
Visible range
The visible range varies according to vehicle conditions (including full load condition), vehicle characteristics and weather conditions (daylight, rain, snow and fog);
with poor light or in full load conditions
the range of visibility may be reduced.
The camera covers a range of approx. 3
m length and approx. 5.5 m max. width
fig. 105.
The display glass may break if blown. In
this event do not touch the leaking fluid.
Rinse immediately with water and soap in
case of accidental contact.
Text messages will be displayed in the following conditions:
See the booklet provided by the multimeter Manufacturer for more detailed information on operation and use.
❒ 5 seconds after engaging reverse a
warning message will be displayed.
fig. 106
F0N0216m
USER INTERFACE
Display user interface consists of the following fig. 106:
❒ Brightness adjustment: 2 buttons
❒ Background brightness adjustment: 2
buttons
❒ ON/OFF button: to display camera
images although reverse is not engaged
To go back to initial configuration, keep
the ON/OFF button pressed for about 3
seconds with system off. In this event the
ON/OFF button will flash twice to confirm the operation.
❒ When exceeding 18 km/h speed and
only the activation button is ON, the
camera image will disappear and a
message indicating system stand-by
will be displayed for about 5 seconds.
❒ When exceeding 18 km/h speed and
reverse is engaged, the camera image
will disappear and a warning message
will be displayed until speed slows
down to 15 km/h. In this case camera
image is displayed again.
The system enables to change the language
of the display messages. To set the required language, with system off: press at
the same time the ON/OFF button and
any other button, then select the required
language scrolling the menu using the
ON/OFF button. After selecting the required language, wait for approx. 3 seconds to store it.
Multimeter installation is compulsory if the
vehicle weight (with or without the trailer) exceeds 3.5 tons.
IMPORTANT Changes to the instrument
or to the signal transmission system which
effects the instrument recordings, especially for fraudulent purposes, may be a
criminal offence.
IMPORTANT When a macrograph is fitted and the vehicle has been parked for
longer than 5 days, it is advisable to disconnect the battery negative terminal to
preserve the charge status.
SAFETY
DEVICES
MULTIMETER
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
TEXT MESSAGES ON THE
DISPLAY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 91
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
91
9:47
Pagina 92
IMPORTANT
The multimeter is installed and sealed with
lead by authorised personnel: access to
the device and relevant power and recording cables is forbidden.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-101 Ducato GB
Do not use abrasive detergents or solvents to clean the device. To clean its external surface, use a wet cloth or special
products for cleaning synthetic materials.
The vehicle owner is responsible for governing the instrument use. The inspection
must be carried out at least every two
years and will include a test to confirm
correct operation.
After the inspection, check that the plate
is updated with specified data.
SPEED BLOCK
(where provided)
The vehicle is available with a speed restriction function that can be set, by the
user, at one of 4 pre-set levels: 90, 100,
110, 130 km/h. To activate/deactivate this
function, go to a Fiat Dealership. After the
operation a label will be stuck on the
windscreen containing the maximum set
speed.
F0N0800m
fig. 108
F0N0801m
WARNING The speedometer may show
a top speed that is higher than the actual
one set by the Dealership as provided for
by legislation.
DOORS
CENTRAL DOOR
LOCKING/UNLOCKING SYSTEM
Locking from the outside
With the doors closed, press the button
Ø on the remote control fig. 107 or fit
and turn clockwise the metal insert into
the driver’s door lock.
Door locking is only possible if all the
doors are closed. Opening one or more
doors by pressing the button Ø on the remote control fig. 107, will make the direction indicators and the button led Afig. 110 flash quickly for about 3 seconds.
With this function active, buttons A and
B fig. 110 are disabled.
92
fig. 107
Pressing twice briefly the button Ø on the
remote control fig. 107 will engage the
dead lock device (see paragraph “Dead
lock device”).
Door unlocking from the outside
Briefly press button Q fig. 107 or Ë fig.
108, according to versions, to obtain remote door unlocking, timed ceiling light
turning on, directions indicator double
fig. 109
F0N0059m
fig. 110
F0N0047m
LOAD COMPARTMENT KEY
fig. 111
flashing. Turn the metal insert counterclockwise into the driver’s door lock
fig. 109 to unlock all the doors.
With the battery disconnected, access to
the vehicle will only be possible by unlocking the driver’s door using the mechanical lock.
Door locking/unlocking from
the inside
Press button A-fig. 110 to lock and press
button B to unlock the doors. Block/release actions are carried out centrally
(front and rear). When doors are locked
the button led A is on and pressing the
button B will obtain central unlocking of
the doors and turning off of the led. When
doors are unlocked, the button led is off
and pressing the button will obtain central
locking of the doors. Door locking is activated only if all the doors are perfectly
closed.
After exceeding 20 km/h speed, doors will
be locked automatically if the set up menu
function has been selected (see paragraph
“Multifunction display” in this section).
Lock activation is indicated by the led on
the key.
fig. 111
F0N0132m
After locking doors by:
❒ remote control;
❒ door revolving plug;
it will not be possible to unlock the doors
by pressing button A-fig. 110.
IMPORTANT With central locking active
pulling the opening lever of one of the front
doors will cause central locking deactivation.
The led turns on in the following cases:
❒ after each door lock command generated by the key itself or by key Ø on
the dashboard;
❒ upon instrument panel activation;
❒ upon opening one of the front doors;
❒ when the doors are locked at 20 km/h
(if this is activated from the menu);
Deactivation takes place upon opening
one of the load compartment doors or
upon a door release request (load compartment or centralised) or upon a release
request via the remote control/door pawl.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Lacking power (blown fuse, battery disconnected, etc.) it is however possible to lock
the doors manually.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Pulling the internal door handle of one of the
rear doors will unlock the relevant door.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 93
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
93
9:47
Pagina 94
DEAD LOCK DEVICE
(where provided)
This safety device enables to inhibit:
❒ locking/unlocking buttons A-B fig. 110;
thus hindering doors opening from inside
the passenger’s compartment in case of attempt to break-into (e.g.: window breaking).
The dead lock device guarantees the best
protection against unwanted access.
Therefore, it should be actuated every
time the vehicle is parked and left unattended.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-101 Ducato GB
94
❒ door internal handles;
WARNING
Once the dead lock device
has been actuated, doors
cannot be opened from the passenger’s compartment in any way whatsoever. For this reason, make sure
there are no person left inside the vehicle. If the battery of the key with
remote control is down, the dead lock
device can be deactivated only by fitting the metal insert of the key in
both front door revolving plugs as described previously: in this case the
dead lock device will stay engaged
only on the rear doors.
Device activation
The dead lock device is automatically activated on every door when pressing twice
briefly the remote control button Ø, fig.
107.
Device activation is indicated by 3 flashing
of direction indicators and flashing of the
button led A-fig. 110.
If one of the doors is not perfectly closed,
the dead lock device will not activate, thus
preventing that a person getting into the vehicle from the open door remains blocked
inside the passenger’s compartment when
she/he closes the door.
Device deactivation
The device is deactivated automatically on
every door in the following cases:
❒ when opening the driver’s door using
the key without remote control;
❒ when unlocking doors using the remote control;
❒ turning the ignition key to MAR.
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 95
WARNING
Do not move the vehicle
with side doors open.
fig. 113
F0N0176m
To open the side sliding door, raise the
handle A and guide the door.
MOBILE FOOT BOARD fig. 113
(where provided)
The side sliding door is equipped with a
lock that stops it at the end of its opening run. Operate the outer handle A (or
the corresponding inner one) and push the
door to close it.
When opening the passenger’s compartment side door or the load compartment
door, a foot board will come out under
the vehicle floor to make easier to get into the vehicle.
In any case, always make sure that the
door is correctly fastened in the door
open catch.
SLIDING SIDE WINDOW
(where provided) fig. 112a
To open, press the two handles B toward
one another and slide the glass.
When the two opening handles are released, the sliding glass may stop in intermediate positions.
WARNING
Always make sure the foot
board is fully retracted before moving off. Since the foot board
is interlocked with the side sliding
door, if the foot board is not fully retracted or rear doors are not perfectly
closed will cause instrument panel
warning light ´ turning on.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
When leaving the vehicle
parked with the sliding doors
open, always check that the door
hooks are properly fastened into the
retaining device.
F0N0240m
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
SIDE SLIDING DOOR
fig. 112a
INDEX
F0N0061m
fig. 112
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
95
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 96
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
96
fig. 116
F0N0131m
Closing the first door by hand from
the outside
fig. 117
F0N0132m
Turn the key clockwise or press the button Á of the key with remote control.
Close first the left door and then the right
one.
Powered closing from the inside
fig. 117
fig. 114
F0N0129m
fig. 115
F0N0130m
REAR DOUBLE DOOR
Opening the second door by hand
fig. 116
Opening the first door by hand
from the outside
Pull the handle C in the direction of the
arrow.
Turn the key counterclockwise fig. 109
or press the remote control button ∞
and operate the handle A-fig. 114 in the
direction of the arrow.
The double rear doors are fitted with a
catch which stops the opening at an angle of approximately 90°.
Close both rear doors (first the left one
and then the right one) and press button
D located on window control panel.
The driver’s door armrest features the
switches that with the key at MAR:
A open/close the left front window;
B open/close the right front window;
fig. 118
F0N0188m
It is possible to increase the opening angle of the two doors to facilitate loading
and unloading operations. Press button Afig. 118 to open the doors to about 180°.
WARNING
When open to 180° the
doors are not blocked. Do
not use this system when the vehicle
is parked on a slope or when it is
windy.
SAFETY
DEVICES
fig. 119
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING
The spring catch system is
designed to ensure the best
comfort in use. An accidental knock
or gust of wind could release the
springs and make doors close.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 97
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
97
8-10-2008
9:47
Pagina 98
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-101 Ducato GB
98
fig. 119
F0N0062m
Automatic continuous operation
(where provided)
WARNING
Improper use of the power
windows can be dangerous.
Before and during its operation ensure that any passengers are not at
risk from the moving glass either by
personal objects getting caught in the
mechanism or by being injured by it
directly. Always remove the ignition
key when getting out of the vehicle to
prevent the power windows being operated accidentally and constituting
a danger to the passengers in the vehicle.
Certain versions are fitted with automatic window opening/closing on the driver
side and just with automatic window
opening on front passenger side.
Automatic continuous operation activates
by pressing one of the control switches
for over half a second. The window will
stop when it is completely open or when
pressing the button again.
IMPORTANT With ignition key at STOP
or removed, the power windows remain
activated for about 3 minutes and are deactivated immediately the moment a door
is opened.
Front passenger door
The front passenger door internal armrest
houses a dedicated switch controlling the
relevant window.
BONNET
TO OPEN THE BONNET
Proceed as follows:
❒ open the driver’s door to fing the bonnet opening handle;
❒ pull lever fig. 120 in the direction of
the arrow;
❒ pull lever A-fig. 121 as shown in the
figure;
❒ lift the bonnet and at the same time
release the rod fig. 122 from the
catch D, then fit the rod end C-fig.
123 into the bonnet recess E.
fig. 122
F0N0065m
WARNING
If the supporting rod is not
positioned correctly the bonnet may fall violently.
fig. 121
F0N0323m
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet,
check that windscreen wiper arms are not
lifted from the windscreen.
TO CLOSE THE BONNET
Proceed as follows:
❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand and
with the other remove rod Cfig. 123 from recess E and fit it back
into its catch D-fig. 122;
fig. 123
F0N0066m
❒ lower the bonnet at approx. 20 centimetres from the engine compartment and then let it drop, ensuring
that it is fully closed and not just held
in position by the safety catch. If the
bonnet does not close properly, do
not push it down but open it again
and repeat the above procedure.
IMPORTANT Always check that the bonnet is closed properly to avoid its opening
while the vehicle is travelling.
WARNING
Carry out operations only
when the vehicle is stationary.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
F0N0063m
WARNING
For safety reasons the bonnet must be closed properly
to avoid its opening while the vehicle is travelling. Therefore, always
check it is properly closed and the
catch engaged. Should you notice
that the catch is not perfectly engaged when travelling, stop the vehicle immediately and close the bonnet.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 99
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 120
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
99
9:47
Pagina 100
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK
Long wheelbase vehicles are fitted with 8
pins; short or medium wheelbase vehicles
are fitted with 6 pins; extra-long wheelbase vehicles are fitted with 10 pins.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-101 Ducato GB
100
WARNING
Distribute the load evenly
and when driving, bear in
mind the increased sensitivity of the
vehicle to side wind.
To fit roof racks/ski racks, with presetting
for versions H1 and H2, use the proper
pins set at roof edges fig. 124.
fig. 124
WARNING
After travelling a few kilometres, check that the coupling fastening screws are tight.
Strictly comply with current
law regulations concerning
max. overall dimensions.
F0N0138m
IMPORTANT Strictly follow the installation instructions contained in the kit. Installation hall be carried out by skilled personnel.
Never exceed the permitted
weight (see section “Technical specifications”).
Press buttons Ò and  set on the control panel.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT
BEAM
Proper adjustment of the headlight beams
is of vital importance for your safety and
comfort and also for the other road users.
To ensure you and other drivers have the
best visibility conditions when travelling
with the headlights on, the headlights must
be set properly. Contact Fiat Dealership
to have the headlights properly adjusted.
The display located on the instrument panel, provides the visual indication of the positions during the adjustment operation.
fig. 125
F0N0067m
HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE
It works with ignition key at MAR and
dipped beams on. When the vehicle is
loaded, it slopes backwards. This means
that the headlight beam rises. In this case,
it is necessary to return it to the correct
position.
IMPORTANT Check beam aiming every
time the load carried changes.
ADJUSTING THE FRONT FOG
LIGHTS (where provided)
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the headlights properly adjusted.
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT
ABROAD
The dipped beam headlights are adjusted
for circulation in the country in which the
vehicle is marketed. In countries with opposite circulation, to avoid glaring oncoming vehicles, it is necessary to cover
the areas of the headlight using a special
sticker tape provided for the purpose.
SAFETY
DEVICES
To adjust the headlight slant
fig. 125
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
HEADLIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 101
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:47
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
037-101 Ducato GB
101
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
102-112 Ducato GB
102
9-10-2008
9:43
Pagina 102
ABS SYSTEM
If you have never driven a vehicle with ABS
before, you should practice using the system on slippery terrain, obviously with the
necessary safety precautions and keeping
to the Highway Code of the country you
are in. It is also a good idea to read the following information carefully.
The ABS system, integral with the braking
system, prevents the wheels from locking
when braking, makes the most of road grip
and gives the best control when emergency
braking under difficult road conditions.
System is completed by EBD (Electronic
Braking force Distribution), which distributes the braking action between front
and rear wheels.
IMPORTANT To have the maximum efficiency of the braking system, it is necessary a setting period of about 500 km
(with new vehicle after replacing brake
pads/discs): during this period it is better
to avoid sharp, repeated and prolonged
brakes.
WARNING
The ABS exploits the tyreroad grip at the best, but it
cannot improve it; you should therefore take every care when driving on
slippery surfaces without taking unnecessary risks.
ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION
The driver can tell the ABS system has
come into action because the brake pedal
pulsates slightly and the system gets noisier: it means that the vehicle speed should
be altered to fit the type of road surface.
WARNING
If the ABS system cuts in, it
is a sign that the grip between tyre and the road surface has
reached the limit: you must slow
down to match the speed to the road
grip available.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
ABS failure
ABS failure is indicated by the turning on
of warning light > on the instrument panel together with the dedicated message on
the multifunction display (where provided), (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
In this case the braking system is still efficient, though without the aid of the ABS
system. Drive carefully to the closest Fiat
Dealership to have the system checked.
In this case with sharp braking the rear
wheels might lock too early, with the possibility of skidding. Drive extremely carefully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have
the system checked.
WARNING
If warning light x alone
comes on (together with the
message on the multifunction display,
where provided), stop the vehicle immediately and contact the nearest Fiat Dealership. Fluid leaks from the hydraulic system, in fact, can compromise the braking system, both traditional systems and systems with ABS.
The system, which cannot be cut out, recognizes emergency braking (on the ground
of the brake pedal operation speed) and
considerably increases the pressure in the
brake circuit.
Brake Assist is deactivated on the versions
equipped with ESP, in the event of ESP system failure (indicated by warning light á
switching on together with the message
on the multifunction display, where provided).
WARNING
When the ABS cuts in, and
you feel the brake pedal pulsating, do not remove your foot, but
keep it pressed; in doing so you will
stop in the shortest amount of space
possible under the current road conditions.
ESP SYSTEM
(Electronic Stability
Program)
(where provided)
The ESP system is an electronic system
controlling the vehicle stability in the event
of tyre grip loss.
The ESP system is therefore particularly
useful when grip conditions of the road surfaces changes.
In addition to the ESP system, ASR system
and Hill Holder, (where provided) also the
MSR system (adjusting the engine braking
torque) and the HBA system (improving
the braking force during emergency braking) are provided.
ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION
It is signalled by the blinking of the warning light á on the instrument panel, to inform the driver that the vehicle is in critical stability and grip conditions.
SAFETY
DEVICES
EBD failure is indicated by the turning on
of warning lights > and x on the instrument panel together with the dedicated message on the multifunction display (where provided), (see section
“Warning lights and messages”).
BRAKE ASSIST
(emergency braking assistance
integral with ESP) (where provided)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
EBD failure
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 103
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:43
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
102-112 Ducato GB
103
9:43
Pagina 104
ESP SYSTEM ACTIVATION
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM
Failure indications
The ESP system is automatically activated when the vehicle is started and cannot
be de-activated.
This system is an integral part of the ESP
system and it is provided to facilitate starting on slopes.
System failure is indicated by the turning
on of warning light á (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
FAILURE INDICATIONS
It will activate automatically with the following conditions:
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system is
not a parking brake therefore, never leave
the vehicle without having engaged the
handbrake, turned the engine off and engaged the first speed.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
102-112 Ducato GB
104
In the event of failure, the ESP system is
automatically disconnected, the warning
light á, comes on with fixed light on the
instrument panel, together with the message on the multifunction display (where
provided) (see section “Warning lights and
messages”) and with the button led ASR.
In this case contact a Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
WARNING
Performance of the ESP system, in terms of active safety should not induce the driver to take
pointless and unnecessary risks. The
style of driving must in any case always be adapted to the conditions of
the road surface, visibility and traffic.
Road safety is always the driver’s responsibility.
❒ uphill: vehicle at a standstill on a road
with a gradient higher than 5%, engine
running, clutch and brake pedal
pressed, gearbox to neutral or engaged gear other than reverse.
❒ downhill: vehicle at a standstill on a
road with a gradient higher than 5%,
engine running, clutch and brake pedal pressed and reverse gear engaged.
At pickup the ESP system control unit will
keep brake force on wheels until reaching
the torque suitable for starting, or in any
case for max. 2 seconds in order to pass
easily from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal.
After two seconds without starting, the
system will deactivate automatically by releasing gradually the brake force.
At releasing, the typical brake disengagement noise indicating that the vehicle is
going to move will be heard.
WARNING
For correct operation of the
ESP and ASR systems, the
tyres must absolutely be of the same
brand and type on all wheels, in perfect conditions and, above all, of
type, brand and size specified.
❒ if slipping involves both driving wheels,
the ASR function intervenes reducing
the power transmitted by the engine;
❒ if the slipping involves only one driving wheel, the ASR system cuts in automatically braking the wheel that is
slipping.
The action of the ASR is particularly helpful in the following circumstances:
❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to the
effect of dynamic load changes or excessive acceleration;
❒ too much power transmitted to the
wheels also in relation to the conditions of the road surface;
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or
frozen surfaces;
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet surface (aquaplaning).
SAFETY
DEVICES
According to slipping conditions, two different control systems are activated:
WARNING
For correct operation of the
ESP and ASR systems, the
tyres must absolutely be of the same
brand and type on all wheels, in perfect conditions and, above all, of
type, brand and size specified.
fig. 126
MSR system
(engine braking torque control)
It is an integral part of the ASR system that
in case of sudden gear shifting, cuts in providing torque to the engine thus preventing excessive driving wheel drive that, specially in poor grip conditions, can lead to
loss of stability.
Switching the system on/off fig. 126
The ASR system switches on automatically
each time the engine is started.
When travelling, the ASR can be switched
off and on again by pressing switch A located on the dashboard fig. 126.
F0N0077m
When the ASR is switched off this is
shown by the lighting up of the led on the
switch and by relevant message on the
multifunction display, where provided.
Versions equipped with ASR system only, at deactivation (ASR OFF) the warning light V will always stay on.
If the ASR is switched off when travelling,
it will turn on again automatically the next
time the engine is started.
When travelling on snowy roads with
snow chains, it may be helpful to turn the
ASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slipping of the driving wheels when moving off
makes it possible to obtain better drive.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
ASR SYSTEM (Antislip Regulator)
The ASR function controls vehicle drive
and cuts in automatically every time one
or both driving wheels slip.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 105
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:43
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
102-112 Ducato GB
105
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
102-112 Ducato GB
106
9-10-2008
9:43
Pagina 106
WARNING
The performance of the system, in terms of active safety should not induce the driver to take
pointless and unnecessary risks. The
style of driving must in any case always be adapted to the conditions of
the road surface, visibility an traffic.
Road safety is always the driver’s responsibility.
For correct operation of the ASR system,
the tyres must absolutely be of the same
brand and type on all wheels, in perfect
conditions and, above all, of type, brand
and size specified.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of failure, the ASR system is
automatically disconnected, the warning
light á, comes on with fixed light on the
instrument panel, together with the message on the multifunction display (where
provided) (see section “Warning lights and
messages”) and with the button led ASR.
In this case contact a Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
EOBD SYSTEM
The EOBD system (European On Board
Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis of
the components of the vehicle correlated with emissions.
It also alerts the driver, by turning on the
warning light U on the instrument panel
(together with relevant message on the
multifunction display, where provided)
(see section “Warning lights and messages”), when these conditions are no
longer in peak conditions.
The objective is:
❒ to keep the system efficiency under
control;
❒ warn when a fault causes emissions
levels to increase;
❒ warn of the need to replace deteriorated components.
The system also has a diagnostic connector that can be interfaced with appropriate tools, which makes it possible to read
the error codes stored in the control unit,
together with a series of specific parameters for engine operation and diagnosis.
This check can also be carried out by the
traffic police.
IMPORTANT After eliminating the inconvenience, to check the system completely, Fiat Dealerships are obliged to run
a bench test and, if necessary, road tests
which may also call for a long journey.
If turning the ignition key to
MAR, the warning light U
does not turn on or if, while
travelling it turns on glowing
steadily or flashing (together with the
message on the multifunction display,
where provided), contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. Warning light
U operation can be checked by means
of special equipment by traffic agents.
Always comply with the traffic regulations in force in the country where you
are travelling.
Parking sensor operation is deactivated automatically when the trailer electric cable
plug is fitted into the vehicle tow hook
socket.
Parking sensors are located in the rear
bumper fig. 127 and their function is to
inform the driver, through an intermittent
buzzer, about the presence of obstacles
behind the vehicle.
ACTIVATION
The sensors are automatically activated
when the reverse gear is engaged.
As the distance from the obstacle behind
the vehicle decreases, the acoustic alarm
becomes more frequent.
Sensors are reactivated when removing
the trailer cable plug.
fig. 127
F0N0119m
❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried;
if this situation concerns the side sensors, the buzzer will stop after about
3 seconds to avoid, for example,
warning indications in the event of
manoeuvres along walls.
BUZZER WARNINGS
When the reverse gear is engaged an intermittent acoustic signal is automatically
activated.
The acoustic signal:
❒ becomes louder as the reduction of
distance between the vehicle and the
obstacle decreases;
❒ becomes continuous when the distance between the vehicle and the obstacle is less than 30 cm and stops immediately if the distance raises;
Detection distances
IMPORTANT If you wish to leave the
tow-hook fitted permanently without
towing a trailer, it is important to ask your
Fiat Dealership to update the System because the tow hook could be detected as
an obstacle by the central sensors.
In washing stations, clean sensors quickly
keeping the vapour jet/high pressure
washing nozzles at 10 cm at least from the
sensors.
Central action radius 140 cm ±10 cm
Side action radius 60 cm ±20 cm
If several obstacles are detected, the control unit indicates the nearest one.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
Parking sensor failures, if any, will be indicated when engaging reverse by the
turning on of the instrument panel warning light t together with the message on
the multifunction display, where provided
(see section “Warning lights and messages”).
For proper operation, the
parking sensors shall always
be clean from mud, dirt, snow
or ice. When cleaning the sensors, take the utmost care to prevent
their damaging; do not use therefore
dry or rough clothes. Sensors shall be
washed with clean water and vehicle
detergent, if required.
SAFETY
DEVICES
OPERATION WITH
TRAILER
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
PARKING SENSORS
(where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 107
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:43
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
102-112 Ducato GB
107
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
102-112 Ducato GB
108
9-10-2008
9:43
Pagina 108
WARNING
Parking manoeuvres however are always under the driver’s responsibility that shall always
check the absence of people (specially children) or animals in the manoeuvre space. This system is just a
help for the driver but she/he shall
never reduce attention during dangerous manoeuvres even if performed
at low speed.
❒ The sensor detects a non-existent object (“echo disturbances”) caused by
disturbances of mechanical nature,
e.g.: vehicle washing, rain (extreme
wind conditions), hail.
❒ Indications sent by the sensors can also be altered by ultrasound systems
(e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneumatic hammers) set nearby the vehicle.
❒ When parking, take the utmost care
to obstacles that may be set above or
under the sensors.
❒ Parking system performance could also be affected by sensor position. For
instance, when trimming is changed
(due to wear of shock absorbers, suspensions) or when changing tyres,
loading excessively the vehicle, carrying out specific tuning for lowering
the vehicle.
❒ Objects set close to the vehicle, under certain circumstances are not detected and could therefore cause
damages to the vehicle or be damaged.
❒ Obstacle detection at the top of the
vehicle (specially for vans or chassis
cabs) could not be guaranteed since
the system detects obstacles that can
strike the bottom of the vehicle.
GENERAL WARNINGS
Below are listed some conditions that
could affect the parking system performance:
❒ Reduced sensor sensitivity or reduced parking system performance
could be due to the presence on the
sensor surface of: ice, snow, mud,
multiple painting.
SOUND SYSTEM
(where provided)
For sound system operation refer to the
Supplement attached to the Owner Handbook.
SOUND SYSTEM PRESETTING
(where provided)
The system consists of:
❒ sound system power wires
❒ front speaker connecting wires
❒ aerial power wire
❒ 2 tweeters A on front posts (30W
max power each);
❒ 2 mid-woofers B on front doors
(165 mm diameter, 40W max
power each);
❒ radio aerial wire.
fig. 128
fig. 129
F0N0157m
F0N0158m
The sound system shall be installed in the
proper space occupied by the central
oddment compartment, here you will find
the preset cables.
WARNING
For connection to existing vehicle presetting system, contact Fiat Dealership to prevent any
trouble that could impair vehicle safety.
WARNING
Take care when fitting additional spoilers, alloy rims and
non-standard wheel caps: they might
reduce ventilation of the brakes, thus
their efficiency, during abrupt and repeated braking, or long downhill
slopes. Make sure that nothing (mats,
etc.) gets in the way of the pedals
when they are pushed down.
Electric/electronic devices installed after
buying the vehicle or in aftermarket shall
bear the and marking:
SAFETY
DEVICES
If after buying the vehicle, you decide to
install electrical accessories that require a
permanent electric supply (alarm, satellite
antitheft system, etc.) or accessories that
in any case burden the electric supply,
contact Fiat Dealership, whose qualified
personnel, besides suggesting the most
suitable devices belonging to Lineaccessori
Fiat, will also evaluate the overall electric
absorption, checking whether the vehicle
electric system is able to withstand the
load required, or whether it needs to be
integrated with a more powerful battery.
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/
ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installation
of transceivers provided that installation
is carried out at a specialized shop, workmanlike performed and in compliance with
manufacturer's specifications.
IMPORTANT Installation of devices resulting in modifications of vehicle characteristics may cause driving license seizing
by traffic agents and also the lapse of the
warranty as concerns defects due to the
abovementioned modification or traceable
back to it directly or indirectly.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibility
for damages caused by the installation of
non-genuine accessories or not recommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and installed
not in compliance with the specified requirements.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
ACCESSORIES
PURCHASED BY THE
OWNER
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 109
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:43
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
102-112 Ducato GB
109
9-10-2008
9:43
Pagina 110
SAFETY
DEVICES
IMPORTANT The use of similar devices
inside the passenger compartment (without separated aerial) produces radio-frequency electromagnetic fields which, amplified by the resonance effects inside the
passenger compartment, may cause electrical systems equipping the vehicle to malfunction. This could compromise safety in
addition to constituting a potential hazard
for the passengers.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Radio transceiver equipment (e.g.: e-tacs
mobile phones, HAM radio systems and
the like) shall not be used inside the vehicle unless a separate aerial is mounted
on the roof.
110
AT THE FILLING
STATION
RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND
CELLULAR TELEPHONES
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
102-112 Ducato GB
OPERATION AT LOW
TEMPERATURES
fig. 129a - Left drive version
F0N0245m
In order to avoid these problems, different types of diesel are distributed according to the season: summer type, winter type and arctic type (cold, mountain
areas). If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable for the current temperature, mix
diesel fuel with TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the proportions stated on the can,
putting first the antifreeze in the tank and
then the diesel fuel.
In addition, transmission and reception of
these devices may be affected by the
shielding effect of the vehicle body.
As concerns EC-approved mobile phones
(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply with
the instructions for use provided by the
mobile phone’s manufacturer.
If the outside temperature is very low, the
diesel thickens due to the formation of
paraffin and could cause the malfunctioning of the fuel system.
fig. 129b - Right side version
F0N0246m
PREARRANGEMENT OF
TELEPASS ASSEMBLY ON
REFLECTING WINDSHIELD
(where provided)
If the vehicle has a reflecting windshield
you have to install the telepass in the area
shown on fig. 129a-129b, in order to assure proper operation.
If driving or parking the vehicle for a long
period in cold areas/mountains, refuel with
the diesel fuel available at local filling stations.
In this situation you are also recommended to have in the tank an amount of
fuel 50% higher than usable capacity.
REFUELLING
To guarantee full tank filling, carry out two
refuelling operations after the first click of
the fuel delivery gun. Avoid further topping up operations that could cause damages to the fuel system.
fig. 130
F0N0068m
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 130
To carry out fuelling, open lid A and unscrew cap B using the ignition key; the cap
is fitted with an antiloss device C which
fastens it to the lid so it cannot be mislaid.
The sealing of the tank may cause light
pressurising in the tank. A little breathing
off, while slackening the cap, is absolutely
normal.
When refuelling, position the cap on the
device inside the lid as shown in fig. 130.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
Do not put naked flames or
lighted cigarettes near the
fuel filler hole as there is a danger of
fire. Do not bend too close to the hole
either so as not to breathe in harmful
vapours.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
The vehicle must only be filled
with diesel fuel for motor vehicles, in compliance with European Standard EN590. The
use of other products or mixtures may
irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to the
damage caused. In the event of accidentally filling with another type of fuel, do not start the engine and empty
the tank. If the engine has been run
even for only a very short time, in addition to the tank, it is also necessary
to drain out the whole fuel circuit.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 111
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:43
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
102-112 Ducato GB
111
9:43
Pagina 112
PROTECTING
THE ENVIRONMENT
❒ oxidising catalytic converter;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
102-112 Ducato GB
112
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel engine emissions are the following:
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system
(E.G.R.);
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).
WARNING
During normal service the
diesel particulate filter (DPF)
reaches high temperatures. Do not
therefore park the car over inflammable materials (grass, dry leaves,
pine needles, etc.): fire hazard.
WARNING
During normal service the
catalyst reaches high temperatures. Do not therefore park the
car over inflammable materials (grass,
dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): fire
hazard.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
(DPF)
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechanical filter, integral with the exhaust system,
that physically traps particulates present
in the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.
The diesel particular filter has been adopted to eliminate almost totally particulates
in compliance with current / future law
regulations.
During normal use of the car, the engine
control unit records a set of data (e.g.:
travel time, type of route, temperatures,
etc.) and it will then calculate how much
particulates has been trapped by the filter.
Since this filter physically traps particulates,
it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regular
intervals by burning carbon particles.
Reclaiming procedure is controlled automatically by the engine control unit according to the filter conditions and the
conditions of use of the car.
During reclaiming the following phenomena
could take place: idling slight increase, fan activation, slight smoke increase, high exhaust
temperatures. These situations shall not be
considered as faults and they do not affect
car performance and environment.
If the dedicated message is displayed, refer to
section “Warning lights and messages”.
113
S.B.R. SYSTEM .......................................................................
114
PRETENSIONERS..................................................................
115
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY......................................
119
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEM....................................................................................
124
FRONT AIR BAGS................................................................
126
SIDE AIR BAGS ....................................................................
128
SAFETY
DEVICES
SEAT BELTS ...........................................................................
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 113
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
113
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
114
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 114
SEAT BELTS
USING THE SEAT BELTS fig. 1
The belt should be worn keeping the chest
straight and rested against the seat back.
To fasten the seat belts, take hold the
tongue A and insert it into the buckle B,
until hearing the locking click.
At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for a
short stretch, then pull it out again without jerking.
To unfasten the seat belts, press button
C. Guide the seat belt with your hand
while it is rewinding, to prevent it from
twisting.
Through the reel, the belt automatically
adapts to the body of the passenger wearing it, allowing freedom of movement.
fig. 1
F0N0069m
When the vehicle is parked on a steep
slope the reel mechanism may block; this
is normal. The reel mechanism also prevents the webbing coming out when it is
jerked or if the vehicle brakes sharply, is
in a collision or when cornering at high
speed.
fig. 2
F0N0070m
ADJUSTING THE SEAT BELT
HEIGHT fig. 2
WARNING
Only adjust seat belt height
when the vehicle is stationary.
WARNING
Never press button C-fig. 1
when travelling.
To adjust, press button A-fig. 2 and raise
or lower the grip B-fig. 2.
Always adjust the height of the seat belt
to fit the person wearing it. This could
greatly reduce the risk of injury in the case
of collision.
The belt is adjusted properly when the
webbing passes approximately halfway between the edge of the shoulder and the
neck.
fig. 3
F0N0156m
Front central bench seat, seat belt
with retractor
The front double bench seat is fitted with
integral seat belt (reel on the seat) with
three anchor points for the centre seat.
The buzzer can be deactivated (until the
next engine stop) as follows:
❒ fasten the driver’s seat belt;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;
❒ wait for over 20 seconds and then release one of the seat belts.
For permanent deactivation, contact Fiat
Dealership.
With digital display, the S.B.R. system can
only be reset at Fiat Dealership.
With multifunction display, the S.B.R. system can also be reset through the set-up
menu.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The vehicle is fitted with the S.B.R. system
(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of a
buzzer which, together with the turning
on flashing of warning light < on the instrument panel, warns the driver to fasten
the seat belt.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
S.B.R. SYSTEM
WARNING
After you have made the adjustment, always make sure
that the loop is attached firmly in one
of the preset positions. To do this,
with the button released, exert a further pressure to allow the anchoring
device to catch if release did not take
place at one of the preset positions.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 115
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
115
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
116
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 116
PRETENSIONERS
To increase the efficiency of the seat belts,
the vehicle is fitted with pretensioners.
These devices, in the event of a violent
front crash, rewind the seat belts a few
centimetres. In this way they ensure that
the seat belt adheres perfectly to the
wearer before the restraining action begins.
WARNING
The pretensioner can only
be used once. After a collision that has triggered it, have it replaced at a Fiat Dealership. Pretensioner validity is indicated on the label in the glove compartment: the
pretensioners should be replaced at a
Fiat Dealership as this date approaches.
Pretensioner activation is indicated by
buckle withdrawal downwards; the seat
belt cannot be drawn back up even when
guiding it manually.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest degree of protection from the action of the
pretensioning device, wear the seat belt
keeping it firmly close to the chest and
pelvis.
A small amount of smoke may be produced. This smoke is in no way toxic and
presents no fire hazard.
The pretensioner does not require any
maintenance or greasing.
Anything that modifies its original conditions invalidates its efficiency.
If due to unusual natural events (floods,
seas storm, etc.) the device has been affected by water and mud, it must necessarily be replaced.
Operations which lead to
knocks, vibrations or localised
heating (over 100°C for a
maximum of 6 hours) in the
area around the pretensioners may
cause damage or trigger them. These
devices are not affected by vibrations
caused by irregularities of the road surface or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.
Contact a Fiat Dealership for any assistance.
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger’s safety, the front
seat belt reels contain a load limiter which
allows controlled sag in such a way as to
dose the force acting on the chest and
shoulders during the belt restraining action in case of front crash.
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 117
The driver must comply with (and have
the vehicle occupants follow) all the local
legal regulations concerning the use of seat
belts. Always fasten the seat belts before
starting.
F0N0121m
Seat belts are also to be worn by expectant mothers: the risk of injury in the case
of accident is greatly reduced for them and
the unborn child if they are wearing a seat
belt.
fig. 6
F0N0122m
Of course they must position the lower
part of the belt very low down so that it
passes under the abdomen, see fig. 4.
WARNING
The belt should not be twisted. The upper part should
pass over the shoulder and cross the
chest diagonally. The lower part
should adhere to the pelvis and not
the abdomen of the passenger, see
fig. 5. Do not use any objects (pegs,
stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts away
from the body.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR
USING THE SEAT BELTS
fig. 5
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0120m
INDEX
fig. 4
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
117
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
118
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 118
WARNING
For maximum safety, keep
the back of your seat upright, lean back into it and make sure
the seat belt fits closely across your
chest and hips. Make sure that the
seat belts of the front and rear passengers are fastened at all times! You
increase the risk of serious injury or
death in a collision if you travel with
the belts unfastened.
WARNING
Under no circumstances
should the components of
the seat belts and pretensioners be
tampered with or removed. Any operation should be carried out by qualified and authorised personnel. Always contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
If the belt has been subjected to heavy stress, for example after and accident, it should be
changed completely together with
the anchors, anchor fastening screws
and the pretensioners. In fact, even if
the belt has no visible defects, it could
have lost its resilience.
WARNING
Never travel with a child sitting on the passenger’s lap
with a single belt to protect them
both. Do not fasten other objects to
the body.
❒ always use the belt with the tap taut
and never twisted; make sure that it
is free to run without impediments;
❒ after a serious accident, replace the
belt being worn at that time, even if it
does not appear damaged. Always replace the seat belts if pretensioners
have been activated;
❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand with
neutral soap, rinse and leave to dry in
the shade. Never use strong detergents, bleach or dyes or other chemical substance that might weaken the
fibres;
❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:
their correct operation is only guaranteed if water does not get inside;
❒ replace the seat belt when showing
significant wear or cut signs.
For optimal protection in the event of a
crash, all passengers must be seated and
wearing adequate restraint systems.
Group 0
This is even more important for children.
Group 1
9-18 kg in weight
This prescription is compulsory in all EC
countries according to EC Directive
2003/20/EC.
Group 2
15-25 kg in weight
Group 3
22-36 kg in weight
Compared with adults, their head is proportionally larger and heavier than the rest
of the body, while the muscles and bone
structure are not completely developed.
Therefore, correct restraint systems are
necessary, other than adult seat belts. The
results of research on the best child restraint systems are contained in the European Standard EEC-R44. This Standard enforces the use of restraint systems classified in five groups:
0-10 kg in weight
Group 0+ 0-13 kg in weight
As it may be noted, the groups overlap
partly and in fact, in commerce it is possible to find devices that cover more than
one weight group.
All restraint devices must bear the certification data, together with the control
brand, on a solidly fixed label which must
absolutely never be removed.
Over 1.50 m in height, from the point of
view of restraint systems, children are
considered as adults and wear the seat
belts normally.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Observe the following:
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT
BELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT
CONDITIONS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 119
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
119
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
120
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 120
WARNING
With front passenger’s air
bag active do not place cradle child’s seats facing backwards on
the front passenger seat since the air
bag activation could cause serious injuries, even mortal regardless of the
seriousness of the crash. You are advised to carry children always on the
rear seat, as this is the most protected position in the case of a crash.
WARNING
SERIOUS DANGER Should
it be absolutely necessary to
carry a child on the front
passenger’s seat with the
cradle seat facing backwards, passenger’s air bags
(front and side bags, where provided),
shall be deactivated through the setup menu. Deactivation shall be
checked through the instrument panel warning light F. The front passenger’s seat shall also be adjusted in
the most backward position to prevent any contact between child’s seat
and dashboard.
fig. 7
F0N0123m
GROUP 0 and 0+
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing
backwards on a cradle seat, which, supporting the head, does not induce stress
on the neck in the event of sharp deceleration.
The cradle is restrained by the vehicle seat
belts fig. 7 and in turn it must restrain the
child with its own belts.
fig. 8
F0N0124m
GROUP 1
Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, children may be carried facing forwards, with
seat fitted with front cushion, through
which the vehicle seat belt restrains both
child and seat fig. 8.
WARNING
The figure is only an example for mounting. Attain to the instructions
for fastening which must be enclosed with the specific child restraining
system you are using.
WARNING
Seats exist which are suitable for covering weight groups 0 and 1 with a
rear connection to the vehicle belts and their own belts to restrain the
child. Due to their size, they can be dangerous if installed incorrectly fastened to
the vehicle belts with a cushion. Carefully follow the instructions for installation
provided with the seat.
fig. 9
F0N0125m
fig. 10
F0N0126m
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, children may be restrained directly by the vehicle belts fig. 9. The only function of the
seat is to position the child correctly in relation to the belts, so that the diagonal part
adheres to the chest and not to the neck
and that the horizontal part clings to the
child’s pelvis and not the abdomen.
For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the size
of the child’s chest no longer requires a
support to space the child’s back from the
seat back.
WARNING
The figure is only an example for mounting. Attain to
the instructions for fastening which
must be enclosed with the specific
child restraining system you are using.
Fig. 10 shows proper child seat positioning on the rear seat.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
The figure is only an example for mounting. Attain to
the instructions for fastening which
must be enclosed with the specific
child restraining system you are using.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seat
belts like adults.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 121
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
121
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 122
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE
Your vehicle complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different vehicle seats
according to the following tables:
Group
Range of weight
VAN, COMBI and PANORAMA versions
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
CAB
122
1ST AND 2ND ROW OF REAR SEATS
Single or twoseater seat
(1 or 2 passengers)
Left side
rear
passenger
Right side
rear
passenger
Central
passenger
up to 13 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 1
9-18 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 2
15-25 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 3
22-36 kg
U
U
U
U
Group 0, 0+
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified
“Groups”.
2) If the passenger’s air bag is deactivated always check the amber warning light
on the cluster to make sure that it has actually been deactivated.
3) Attain to the instructions for fastening
the specific child restraint system which
you are using. These instructions must be
provided by the manufacturer. Keep the
child restraint system installation instructions with the vehicle documents and with
this Handbook. Never use a child restraint
system without installation instructions.
4) Always check the seat belt is well fastened by pulling the webbing.
6) Always check the seat belts do not fit
around the child’s throat.
7) While travelling, do not let the child
sit incorrectly or release the belts.
8) Passengers should never carry children
on their laps. No-one, however strong
they are, can hold a child in the event of
a crash.
9) In case of an accident, replace the
child’s seat with a new one.
WARNING
With front passenger’s air
bag active do not place cradle child’s seats facing backwards on
the front passenger seat since the air
bag activation could cause serious injuries, even mortal regardless of the
seriousness of the crash. You are advised to carry children always on the
rear seat, as this is the most protected position in the case of a crash.
SAFETY
DEVICES
1) The recommended position for installing child’s seat is on the rear seat, as
it is the most protected in the case of a
crash.
5) Only one child is to be strapped to
each retaining system.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
To sum up the safety precautions
to follow when transporting
children:
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 123
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
123
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
124
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 124
PRESETTING FOR
MOUNTING THE
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”
CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
This vehicle is preset for mounting the
Universal Isofix child restraint system, a
new European standardised system for
carrying children safely.
fig. 12
F0N0234m
fig. 13
F0N0235m
Fig. 11 shows a child restraint system by
way of example.
Due to its different anchoring system, the
Universal Isofix child’s seat shall be anchored to the proper lower metal rings
A-fig. 12, set between rear seat back and
cushion. The upper belt (provided with
the child’s seat) shall be then secured to
ring B-fig. 13 located in the rear part of
the seat.
fig. 11
It is possible to mount at the same time
both the traditional restraint system and
the “Universal Isofix” one.
At Lineaccessori Fiat is available the “Universal Isofix” “Duo Plus” child’s seat.
Remember that in case of Universal Isofix
child’s seat, you can only use all those
seats approved with the marking ECE
R44/03 “Universal Isofix”.
For any further installation/use detail, refer to the “Instructions Manual” that must
be provided by the child restraint system
Manufacturer.
F0N0236m
WARNING
Mount the child restraint
system only with the vehicle
stationary. The Isofix child restraint
system is properly anchored to the
mounting brackets when clicks are
heard. In any case, keep to the installation instructions that must be
provided by the child restraint system
Manufacturer.
Range of weight
orientation
Child’s seat
class
Isofix
side rear
Group 0+ to 13 kg
Group I - 9
to 18 kg
PANORAMA
COMBI
Facing backwards
F
IUF
IUF
Facing backwards
G
IUF
IUF
Facing backwards
E
IUF
IUF
Facing backwards
E
IUF
IUF
Facing backwards
D
IUF
IUF
Facing backwards
C
IUF
IUF(*)
Facing backwards
D
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
C
IUF(*)
IUF(*)
Facing forwards
B1
IUF
IUF
Facing forwards
A
IUF
IUF
Portable cradle
Group 0 to 10 kg
Vehicle Isofix positions
side rear 1st row
(*) No with front two-seat bench
IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved
for the weight group.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Universal Isofix restraint
systems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 125
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
125
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
126
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 126
FRONT AIR BAGS
The vehicle is fitted with front air bags for
driver and passenger.
The driver / passenger front air bags have
been designed to protect the occupants in
the event of head-on crashes of mediumhigh severity, by placing the cushion between the occupant and the steering
wheel or dashboard.
Front air bags are designed to protect vehicle’s occupants in front crashes and
therefore non-activation in other types of
collisions (side collisions, rear shunts, rollovers, etc.) is not a system malfunction.
In case of front crash, an electronic control unit, when required, triggers the inflation of the cushion. The cushion immediately inflates, placing itself as a protection between the body of the front occupants and the structure that could cause
injuries. Immediately after, the cushion deflates.
The driver / passenger front air bags are
not a replacement of but complementary
to the use of belts, which should always
be worn, as specified by law in Europe and
most non European countries.
At their maximum inflation, the front air
bags volume fills most of the space between driver and steering wheel and between dashboard and passenger.
In case of crash, a person not wearing the
seat belt moves forward and may come into contact with the cushion while it is still
inflating. Under this circumstance the protection offered by the air bag is reduced.
Front air bags may not be activated in the
following situations:
❒ in collisions against highly deformable
objects not affecting the vehicle front
surface (e.g. bumper collision against
guard rail, heaps of gravel, etc.);
❒ in case of wedging under other vehicles or protective barriers (for example under a truck or guard rail), the air
bag is not triggered as it offers no additional protection compared with the
seat belts, consequently it would be
pointless. Therefore, failure to come
into action in the above circumstance
does not mean that the system is not
working properly.
SAFETY
DEVICES
fig. 14
F0N0324m
DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 14
In minor crashes (for which the restraining
action of the seat belts is sufficient), the air
bags are not deployed. Also in this case it
is of vital importance to wear the seat belts
since in case of side crash they guarantee
proper positioning of the occupant and
prevent the occupants to be pitched out of
the vehicle in case of violent crashes.
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
contained in a special recess in the centre of the steering wheel.
fig. 15
F0N0072m
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG
(where provided) fig. 15
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
contained into a special recess in the
dashboard, this cushion has a volume bigger than that of the driver.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WARNING
Do not apply stickers or other objects to the steering
wheel or to the air bag cover on the
passenger’s side or on the side roof
lining. Never put objects (e.g. mobile
phones) on the dashboard on passenger side since they could interfere
with proper air bag inflation and also cause serious injury.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 127
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
127
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
128
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 128
WARNING
SERIOUS DANGER: With
passenger’s air bag active
(ON), never place child’s
seats with the cradle facing
backwards since the air bag
activation could cause to
the child serious injuries, even mortal.
In the case of need, always deactivate
the passenger’s air bag when a child’s
seat is placed on the front seat. The
front passenger’s seat shall be adjusted in the most backward position
to prevent any contact between
child’s seat and dashboard. Even if
not compulsory by law, you are recommended to reactivate the air bag
immediately as soon as child transport is no longer necessary.
MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG
AND SIDE BAG
(where provided)
Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front seat, the passenger’s
front air bag and the side bag (where provided) can be deactivated.
The instrument panel warning light F will
stay on glowing steadily until reactivating
the passenger’s front air bag and the Side
Bag (where provided).
WARNING
To deactivate the passenger’s front air bag and the
side bag (where provided), refer to
paragraphs “Digital display” and
“Multifunction display” in section
“Dashboard and controls”.
SIDE AIR BAGS
The vehicle is fitted with front side bags
for driver and passenger (where provided) for protecting the chest and window
bags (where provided) for protecting front
passengers’ head.
Side bags (where provided) protect vehicle occupants from side crashes of medium-high severity, by placing the cushion
between the occupant and the internal
parts of the side structure of the vehicle.
Non-activation of side bags in other types
of collisions (front collisions, rear shunts,
roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunction.
In case of side crash, an electronic control
unit, when required triggers the inflation
of the cushion. The cushion immediately
inflates, placing itself as a protection, between the occupant’s body and the structure that could cause injuries. Immediately after, the cushion deflates.
Side bags (where provided) are not a replacement of but complementary to the
belts, which you are recommended to always wear, as specified by law in Europe
and most non-European countries.
SIDE WINDOW BAGS - HEAD
PROTECTION fig. 17
(where provided)
Front side bags are housed in the seat back
rests, they consist of an instant inflation
cushion designed to increase protection
of the occupants’ chest in the event of a
side crash of medium-high severity.
They consist of two “curtain” cushions,
one on the right and the other on the left
side of the vehicle, located behind the side
coverings of the roof and covered by
proper finishing.
Expiration dates of pyrotechnic charge and
coil contact are indicated on the label inside the glovebox. As these dates approach, contact Fiat Dealership to have
them replaced.
Window bags have been designed for protecting the head of front occupants in the
event of side crash, thanks to the wide
cushion inflation surface.
IMPORTANT Should an accident occur in
which any of the safety devices is activated, take the vehicle to a Fiat Dealership to
have the devices activated replaced and to
have the system checked.
fig. 16
F0N0140m
fig. 17
F0N0133m
IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,
you can obtain the best protection by the
system keeping a correct position on the
seat, allowing thus a correct window bag
unfolding.
Every control, repair and replacement operations concerning the air bags must only be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
FRONT SIDE BAGS - CHEST
PROTECTION
fig. 16 (where provided)
IMPORTANT When the airbag inflates it
emits a small amount of dusts. These dusts
are harmless and is not the beginning of
a fire; then the unfold cushion surface and
the vehicle interiors can be covered by a
dusty remains: this dust can irritate skin
and eyes. In case of contact, wash yourself
using neutral soap and water.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT The front air bags and/or
side bags may be deployed if the vehicle
is subject to heavy knocks or accidents involving the underbody area, such as for
example violent shocks, against steps,
kerbs or low obstacles, falling of the vehicle in big holes or sags in the road.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 129
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
129
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
130
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 130
If you are having the vehicle scrapped,
have the air bag system deactivated at a Fiat Dealership first. If the vehicle changes
ownership, the new owner must be informed of the method of use of air bags
and the above warnings and also be given
this “Owner Handbook”.
WARNING
Never rest head, arms and
elbows on the door, on the
windows and in the window bag area
to prevent possible injuries during inflation phase.
IMPORTANT The triggering of pretensioners, front air bags and side bags is decided in a differentiated manner by the
electronic control unit, depending on the
type of crash. The failure to deploy one or
more of them does not mean that the system is not working properly.
WARNING
Never lean head, arms and
elbows out of window.
GENERAL WARNINGS
WARNING
If when turning the key to
MAR the warning light ¬
does not turn on or if it stays on when
travelling (together with the message
on the multifunction display, where
provided) there could be a failure in
safety systems; in this event air bags
or pretensioners could not trigger in
case of impact or, in a minor number
of cases, they could trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat Dealership immediately to have the system checked.
WARNING
Do not cover the backrest of
front and rear seats with
trims or covers that are not suitable
to be used with side bags.
WARNING
Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel rim when
driving, so that if the air bag is triggered, it can inflate without meeting
any obstacles which could cause serious harm to you. Do not drive with
the body bent forwards, keep the seat
back rest in the erect position and
lean your back well against it.
WARNING
If the vehicle has been stolen
or an attempt to steal it has
been made, if it has been subjected to
vandals or floods, have the air bag
system checked by Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
When the ignition key is
turned to MAR, the warning
light F (with passenger’s front air
bag active) turns on and flashes for
few seconds to remind that passenger’s air bag will be deployed in a
crash, after which it should go off.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
Remember that with the key
engaged and at MAR, even if
the engine is not running, the air bags
may be triggered on a stationary vehicle if it is bumped by another moving vehicle. Therefore, never seat children on the front seat even when the
vehicle is stationary. On the other
hand remember that if the key is at
STOP, no safety system (air bags or
pretensioners) is triggered in the
event of an impact; in this case, failure to come into action cannot be
considered as a sign that the system
is not working properly.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WARNING
Never travel with objects on
your lap, in front of your
chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. between your lips; injury may result in
the event of the air bag being triggered.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 131
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:44
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
113-132 Ducato GB
131
9-10-2008
9:44
Pagina 132
WARNING
Do not wash the seat back
rest with pressurised water
or steam (by hand or at automatic
seat washing stations).
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
113-132 Ducato GB
132
WARNING
The front air bag is triggered
for shocks greater in magnitude that the pretensioners. For impacts between these two thresholds,
it is therefore normal that only the
pretensioners are triggered.
WARNING
Do not hook rigid objects to
the coat hooks and to the
support handles.
WARNING
The air bag does not substitute the seat belts, but only
increases their effectiveness. Moreover, since the front air bags do not
come into operation in the event of
front impact at low speed, side collisions, bumps from behind or overturning, in these circumstances the
occupants would only be protected
by the seat belts which must therefore
always be fastened.
CORRECT USE OF THE VEHICLE
ENGINE STARTING ........................................................... 134
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 133
LOAD RECOMMENDATIONS ........................................ 137
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS................................. 138
TOWING TRAILERS............................................................ 139
SNOW TYRES ....................................................................... 143
SNOW CHAINS ................................................................... 143
VEHICLE INACTIVITY ....................................................... 144
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX ................................. 136
SAFETY
DEVICES
PARKING................................................................................ 136
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:48
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
133-144 Ducato GB
133
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
133-144 Ducato GB
134
8-10-2008
9:48
Pagina 134
ENGINE
STARTING
The vehicle is fitted with an electronic engine lock device: if the engine fails to start,
see the paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” in section “Dashboard and controls”.
We recommend that during
the initial period you do not
drive to full vehicle performance (e.g.: excessive acceleration, long journeys at top speed,
sharp braking, etc.).
When the engine is switched
off never leave the key into
the ignition switch to prevent
pointless current absorption
from draining the battery.
STARTING PROCEDURE
Proceed as follows:
❒ engage the handbrake;
❒ put the gear lever into neutral;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR: the
warning lights m and Y on the instrument panel will turn on;
WARNING
Running the engine in confined areas is extremely dangerous. The engine consumes oxygen
and produces carbon monoxide
which is a highly toxic and lethal gas.
WARNING
Remember that the servobrake and power steering
are not operational until the engine
has been started, therefore much effort than usual is required on the
brake pedal and steering wheel.
❒ wait for the warning lights Y and
m to turn off. The hotter the engine
is, the quicker this will happen;
❒ press the clutch pedal down to the
floor without pressing the accelerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon
as warning light m turns off. If you
wait too long you will lose the benefit of the work done by the glow plugs.
Release the key as soon as the engine
starts.
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, the instrument panel warning light Y remains
lit together with warning light m turn
the key to STOP and then back to MAR;
if the warning lights remain on, try with
the other keys provided with the vehicle.
Proceed as follows:
IMPORTANT If the instrument panel
warning light Y stays on glowing steadily, contact immediately Fiat Dealership.
❒ drive off slowly, letting the engine turn
at medium revs. Do not accelerate
abruptly;
❒ do not drive at full performance for
the initial kilometres. Wait until the
coolant temperature gauge starts
moving.
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key
to MAR when the engine is off.
The warning light m will
flash for 60 seconds at startup or during prolonged cranking to indicate a fault in the
glow plug heating system. You can use
the vehicle as usual if the engine starts
but you should contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible.
Remember that the servobrake and power steering are
not operational until the engine has been started, therefore much effort than usual is required
on the brake pedal and steering wheel.
Never bump start the engine
by pushing, towing or coasting downhill as this could
cause fuel to flow into the
catalytic exhaust system and damage
it beyond repair.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition to STOP while the engine is idling.
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you
should allow the engine to “catch its
breath” before turning it off by letting it
idle to allow the temperature in the engine compartment to fall.
A quick burst on the accelerator before turning off the engine serves absolutely no
practical purpose, it wastes
fuel and is damaging especially to turbocharged engines.
SAFETY
DEVICES
HOW TO WARM UP THE
ENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUST
STARTED
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
If the engine does not start at the first attempt, return the ignition key to STOP
before repeating starting.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 135
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:48
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
133-144 Ducato GB
135
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
133-144 Ducato GB
136
8-10-2008
9:48
Pagina 136
PARKING THE VEHICLE
Proceed as follows:
❒ stop the engine and engage the handbrake;
❒ engage a gear (on a slope, engage
first gear if the vehicle is faced uphill
or reverse if it is faced downhill) and
leave the wheels steered.
Block the wheels with a wedge or a
stone if the vehicle is parked on a steep
slope. Do not leave the key in the ignition switch to prevent draining the battery. Always remove the key when you
leave the vehicle.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle. Always
remove the ignition key when leaving
the vehicle and take it out with you.
HANDBRAKE fig. 1
The handbrake lever is located on the lefthand side of the driver’s seat.
Pull the handbrake lever upwards until the
vehicle cannot be moved. Four or five
clicks are generally enough when the vehicle is on level ground while nine or ten
may be required if the vehicle is on a steep
slope or laden.
IMPORTANT If this is not the case, contact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrake
adjusted.
USING THE MANUAL
GEARBOX
To engage the gears, press the clutch pedal fully and shift the gear lever into one of
the required positions (the diagram is
shown on the knob fig. 2).
fig. 1
F0N0073m
When the handbrake lever is pulled up
and the ignition key is at MAR, the instrument panel warning light x will turn
on.
To release the handbrake:
❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press the
release button A;
❒ keep button A pressed and lower the
lever. Warning light x will turn off.
Press the brake pedal when carrying out
this operation to prevent the vehicle moving accidentally.
IMPORTANT Pull the handbrake only
when the vehicle is stationary or, with
vehicle running only if the hydraulic system is failing. Should it be necessary to
use the handbrake with the vehicle running, pull it slowly to prevent rear axle
locking and vehicle side skid as a consequence.
To engage the 6th gear (where provided)
move the gearshift lever pressing slightly
rightwards to prevent engaging the 4th
gear accidentally. Do the same for shifting
from 6th to 5th gear.
IMPORTANT The vehicle can only be put
into reverse gear when it has stopped
moving completely. With the engine running, before engaging the reverse, wait at
least 2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully down to prevent damage and grating of
the gears.
fig. 2
F0N0074m
To engage reverse R from neutral, proceed as follows: raise the sliding ring A under the knob and at the same time move
the gearshift lever leftwards and then forward.
WARNING
To change gears properly
you must push the clutch
pedal fully down. It is therefore essential that there is nothing under the
pedals: make sure the mats are lying
flat and do not get in the way of the
pedals.
WARNING
Each of these limits must be
borne in mind and MUST
NEVER BE EXCEEDED under any circumstances. In particular, never exceed the maximum weight permitted
on the front and rear axles when arranging loads in vehicle (especially for
special version vehicles).
WARNING
Even if the vehicle is stationary on a steep hill or
sideways incline, goods not properly
secured could fall out when the back
or side doors are opened.
IMPORTANT Max. admitted load on floor
fixings is 500 kg; max. admitted load on
body side is 150 kg.
Do not drive with your hand
resting on the gear lever as
the force exerted, even if
slight, could lead over time to
premature wear on the gearbox internal components.
IMPORTANT For versions with right and
left side boards, before opening the side
boards you are recommended to refit the
release lever in closing position.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The version of the Fiat Ducato you are
driving has been designed and approved
on the basis of several set maximum
weights (see the tables “Weights” in section “Technical specifications”): kerb
weight; payload; total weight; total weight
on the front axle; total weight on the rear
axle; towable weight
WARNING
Chance knocks or sudden
braking can cause sudden
shifts of the load which could jeopardise the safety of the driver and the
passengers: before you start off make
sure the load is firmly secured by using the hooks built into the floor for
that purpose. Use metal cables, ropes
or straps strong enough to support
the weight of the load to be fixed.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
LOAD
RECOMMENDATIONS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 137
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:48
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
133-144 Ducato GB
137
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
133-144 Ducato GB
138
8-10-2008
9:48
Pagina 138
WARNING
Observe the enforced rules if
you need to carry a spare
can of petrol. Only use a homologated can and secure it to the load anchoring eyebolts. Even given these
precautions, the risk of fire in the
event of an accident is increased.
In addition to these general precautions,
some simple measures could enhance driving safety, comfort and the length of the
vehicle’s life:
❒ distribute the load evenly over the
load floor: if you need to concentrate
it all in one point choose the part between the axles;
❒ remember that the lower the load is,
the lower the vehicle’s centre of gravity will be, contributing to a safe drive;
you should therefore always position
the heavier goods at the bottom;
❒ finally, remember that the way in
which the vehicle moves is influenced
by the weight being carried. In particular, stopping distance lengthens particularly at high speed.
CONTAINING
RUNNING COSTS
Roof rack/ski rack
Here are some suggestions which may
help you to keep the running costs of your
vehicle down and lower the amount of
toxic emissions released into the atmosphere.
Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from
the roof as soon as they are no longer
used. These accessories lower air penetration and adversely affect consumption
levels. When needing to carry particularly voluminous objects, preferably use a
trailer.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Electric devices
Vehicle maintenance
Carry out the checks and adjustments/regulations specified in the “Service Schedule”.
Tyres
Check the pressure of the tyres routinely at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:
if the pressure is too low, consumption
levels increase as resistance to rolling is
higher.
Unnecessary loads
Do not travel with too much luggage
stowed in the boot. The weight of the vehicle (especially when driving in town) and
its trim greatly affects consumption and
stability.
Use electric devices only for the amount
of time needed. Rear heated window, additional headlights, windscreen wipers and
heater fan need a considerable amount of
energy, therefore increasing the requirement of current increases fuel consumption (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
Climate control
The air conditioner is an additional load
which greatly affects the engine leading to
higher consumption (on average up to
+20%). When the temperature outside
the vehicle permits it, use the air vents
where possible.
Spoilers
The use of non-certified aerodynamic
items may adversely affect air drag and
consumption levels.
Do not warm the engine when the vehicle is stationary or at high or low speed:
in this way the engine will warm up gradually increasing consumption and emissions. You should drive off slowly straight
away avoiding high revs so that the engine
will warm up more quickly.
Unnecessary actions
Avoid accelerating when waiting at traffic
lights or before switching off the engine.
This and also double declutching is absolutely pointless on modern vehicles and
also increase consumption and pollution.
Gear selection
As soon as the conditions of the traffic and
road allow, use a higher gear. Using a low
gear to obtain brilliant performance increases consumption.
In the same way improper use of a high
gear increases consumption, emissions an
engine wear.
Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increases
with speed. Avoid superfluous braking and
accelerating, which cost in terms of both
fuel and emissions.
Accelerating violently increasing the revs
will greatly affect consumption and emissions: acceleration should be gradual and
should not exceed the maximum torque.
CONDITIONS OF USE
Cold starting
TOWING TRAILERS
IMPORTANT NOTES
For towing caravans or trailers the vehicle must be fitted with a certified tow
hook and an adequate electric system. Installation should be carried out by specialised personnel who release a special
document for circulation on the road.
Short journeys and frequent cold starts do
not allow the engine to reach optimum operating temperature. This results in a significant increase in consumption levels
(from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)
and emission of harmful substances.
Install any specific and/or additional rearview mirrors as specified by law.
Traffic and
road conditions
Engage a low gear when driving downhill,
rather than constantly using the brake.
Rather high consumption levels are tied to
situations with heavy traffic, for example
in queues with frequent use of the lower
gears or in cities with many traffic lights.
Also winding mountain roads and rough
road surfaces adversely affect consumption.
The weight the trailer exerts on the vehicle tow hook reduces by the same
amount the actual vehicle loading capacity. To make sure the maximum towable
weight is not exceeded (given in the log
book) account should be taken of the fully laden trailer, including accessories and
personal belongings.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (level crossings)
the engine should be switched off.
Remember that when towing a trailer,
steep hills are harder to climb, the braking spaces increase and overtaking takes
longer depending on the overall weight.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Starting
Acceleration
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
DRIVING STYLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 139
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:48
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
133-144 Ducato GB
139
8-10-2008
9:48
Pagina 140
Do not exceed the speed limits of the
country you are driving in. In any case do
not exceed 100 km/h.
Fit a suitable towing stabilizer to the trailer to be towed.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
133-144 Ducato GB
140
WARNING
The ABS system with which
the vehicle may be fitted
does not control the trailer braking
system. Therefore be cautious on slippery roads.
WARNING
Under no circumstances
should the vehicle brake system be altered to control the trailer
brake. The trailer braking system
must be fully independent of the vehicle’s hydraulic system.
INSTALLING THE TOW
HOOK
The towing device should be fastened to
the body by specialised personnel according to any additional and/or integrative information supplied by the Manufacturer of
the device.
An electric brake should be supplied directly by the battery through a cable with
a cross section of no less than 2.5 mm2.
IMPORTANT Electric brake or other device shall be used with running engine.
The towing device must meet current regulations with reference to 94/20/EC Directive and subsequent amendments.
In addition to the electrical branches, the
vehicle’s electric system can only be connected to the supply cable for an electric
brake and to the cable for an internal light,
though not above 15W.
For any version the towing device used
must match the towable weight of the vehicle on which it is to be installed.
For connections use the preset control
unit with battery cable no less than 2.5
mm2.
For the electric connection a unified connector should be used which is generally
placed on a special bracket normally fastened to the towing device, and a special
ECU for external trailer light control shall
be installed on the vehicle.
IMPORTANT The towing hitch constitutes the length of the vehicle; therefore
if the total vehicle length exceeds the 6
meter limit and if it is to be installed on
“long pitch” versions, you will have to install an extractable towing hitch.
Remove the hitch from the connection
base when the trailer is not being used and
make sure that the length does not exceed
the original length of the vehicle.
For the electrical connection, 7 or 13 pin
12VDC connection is to be used (CUNA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Follow
the instructions provided by the vehicle
manufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufacturer.
IMPORTANT If you wish to leave the
tow-hook fitted permanently without
towing a trailer, it is important to ask your
Fiat Dealership to update the System
because the tow hook could be detected
as an obstacle by the central sensors.
The tow hook structure must be fastened
in the points shown by the symbol Ø using a total of 6 M10x1.25 screws and 4
M12 screws.
M12
Existing hole
The internal counterplates are to be at
least 5 mm thick.
M12
Existing hole
laden
MAX LOAD ON BALL: 100/120kg depending on carrying capacity (see tables
“Weights” in Chapter “Technical Data”).
M10 (3x)
WARNING
After fitting, screw holes
shall be sealed to prevent exhaust gas inlet.
Existing nut
Standard tow ball
To install the towing hitch you have to cut
the bumper, Follow the instructions of the
supplier included in the assembly kit.
INDEX
M10 (3x)
Existing nut
M12
Existing hole
fig. 3
SAFETY
DEVICES
Assembly diagram Van versions fig. 3
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 141
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
9:48
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8-10-2008
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
133-144 Ducato GB
F0N0189m
141
133-144 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:48
Pagina 142
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Assembly diagram - Truck and
Chassis Cab versions - fig. 4
SAFETY
DEVICES
A specific tow hook for Truck and Chassis Cab versions is shown in fig. 4. Structure Ø must be fastened in the points
shown by a total of 6 M10x1.25 and 4 M12
screws.
MAX LOAD ON BALL: 100/120kg depending on carrying capacity (see tables
“Weights” in Chapter “Technical Data”).
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
Existing nut
laden
Existing nut
WARNING
After fitting, screw holes
shall be sealed to prevent
exhaust gas inlet.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Existing nut
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Standard tow ball
142
fig. 4
F0N0250m
The winter features of these tyres are reduced considerably when the tread depth
is below 4 mm. In this case, they should
be replaced.
Due to the snow tyre features, under normal conditions of use or on long motorway journeys, the performance of these
tyres is lower than that of normal tyres. It
is therefore necessary to limit their use to
the purposes for which they are certified.
All four tyres should be the same (brand
and track) to ensure greater safety when
driving and braking and better driveability.
SNOW CHAINS
Use of snow chains should be in compliance with local regulations.
Snow chains should only be applied to the
driving wheels (front wheels). We recommend using Lineaccessori Fiat snow
chains.
Check the tension of the chains after the
first few metres have been driven.
Remember that it is inappropriate to
change the direction of rotation of tyres.
IMPORTANT With snow chains, use the
accelerator with extreme care to prevent
or to limit as much as possible slipping of
the driving wheels that could cause chain
breaking resulting in damages to the vehicle body or mechanical components.
WARNING
The max speed for snow
tyres with “Q” marking is
160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with “T”
marking and 210 km/h for tyres with
H marking. The Road Traffic Code
speed limits must however be always
strictly observed.
IMPORTANT Use snow chains with reduced size.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Fiat Dealership will be happy to provide
advice concerning the most suitable type
of tyre for the customer’s requirements.
IMPORTANT When snow tyres are used
with a max speed index below the one
that can be reached by the vehicle (increased by 5%), place a notice in the passenger’s compartment, plainly in the driver’s view which states the max permissible speed of the snow tyres (as per EC
Directive).
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SNOW TYRES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 143
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:48
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
133-144 Ducato GB
143
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
133-144 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:48
Pagina 144
WARNING
Keep your speed down when
snow chains are fitted. Do
not exceed 50 km/h. Avoid
potholes, steps and pavements and avoid also to drive for long distances on
roads not covered with snow to prevent damaging the vehicle and the
roadbed.
VEHICLE INACTIVITY
If the vehicle is to be left inactive for longer
than a month, the following precautions
should be noted:
❒ park the vehicle in covered, dry and
if possible well-ventilated premises;
❒ engage a gear;
❒ make sure the handbrake is not engaged;
❒ disconnect the battery negative terminal and check the battery charge.
This check is to be repeated every
three months. Recharge if the optical
indicator shows a dark colour without
the central green area (see “Recharging the battery” in section “In an emergency”); if the vehicle is equipped with
a battery disconnection function (disconnector), see the description of the
procedure in the “Controls” paragraph in the “Dashboard and controls”
chapter;
❒ clean and protect the painted parts using protective wax;
❒ clean and protect the shiny metal parts
using special compounds readily available;
❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber
windscreen and rear window wiper
blades and lift them off the glass;
❒ slightly open the windows;
144
❒ cover the vehicle with a cloth or perforated plastic sheet. Do not use
sheets of non-perforated plastic as
they do not allow moisture on the vehicle body to evaporate;
❒ inflate tyres to +0.5 bar above the
normal specified pressure and check it
at intervals;
❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery
from the electric system, check its
charge every month and recharge it if
the optical indicator shows a dark
colour without the central green area;
❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch off
the vehicle alarm with the remote control.
146
146
146
147
147
148
148
148
149
149
149
150
150
150
150
151
151
151
151
152
152
152
ESP - ASR SYSTEM FAILURE .............................................
153
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED...................
153
BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................................
153
HILL HOLDER FAILURE ....................................................
153
PARKING SENSOR FAILURE ............................................
154
SIDELIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS .....................................
154
FOLLOW ME HOME ...........................................................
154
FRONT FOG LIGHTS..........................................................
154
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR........................
154
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR....................
155
CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................
155
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ...............................................
155
ASR SYSTEM .........................................................................
155
POWER STEERING FAILURE............................................
155
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ...........
156
LIMITED RANGE .................................................................
156
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED ..................................................
156
SCHEDULED SERVICING ..................................................
156
SELF-LEVELLING SUSPENSIONS FAILURE....................
156
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FAILURE/
MAX. GEARBOX OIL TEMPERATURE...........................
156
SAFETY
DEVICES
GENERAL WARNINGS .....................................................
LOW BRAKE FLUID ............................................................
HANDBRAKE ON................................................................
AIR BAG FAILURE................................................................
ENGINE COOLANT
HIGH TEMPERATURE.........................................................
LOW BATTERY CHARGE .................................................
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE..........................................
EXHAUSTED OIL ................................................................
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING....................................
SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED..........................................
EBD SYSTEM FAILURE ........................................................
INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE .........................................
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATED..........
ABS SYSTEM FAILURE.........................................................
FUEL RESERVE.......................................................................
GLOW PLUG WARMING ................................................
GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE ...............................
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ....................................
VEHICLE PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE
FIAT CODE ...........................................................................
EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE...........................................
REAR FOGLIGHTS...............................................................
GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION .................................
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WA R N I N G L I G H T S A N D M E S S A G E S
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 145
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:45
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
145-156 Ducato GB
145
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
145-156 Ducato GB
146
9-10-2008
9:45
Pagina 146
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGS
Turning on of warning light is accompanied by specific message and/or by buzzer
sound where provided by instrument panel. These indications are concise and
cautionary and shall not be considered
as exhaustive and/or as an alternative to
the specifications contained in this Owner Handbook which shall always be read
through carefully and thoroughly. In case
of failure indication always refer to the
specifications contained in this section.
IMPORTANT Failure indications displayed
are divided into two categories: very serious and less serious failures.
Very serious failures are indicated by a
repeated and prolonged warning “cycle”.
Less serious failures are indicated by a limited warning “cycle”.
The warning cycle of both failure categories can be stopped by pressing button
MODE. The instrument panel warning
light will stay on until eliminating the fault.
As concerns messages relevant to the versions equipped with Dualogic gearbox, see
the attached Supplement.
x
LOW BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL (red)
HANDBRAKE ON (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
Low brake fluid level
The warning light turns on when the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls
below the minimum level, due to possible leak in the circuit.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
WARNING
If the warning light x turns
on when travelling (on certain versions together with the message on the display) stop the vehicle
immediately and contact Fiat Dealership.
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when the handbrake is on.
On certain versions, if the vehicle is moving the buzzer will also sound.
IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on
when travelling, check that the handbrake
is not engaged.
The warning light stays on glowing steadily if there is a failure in the air bag system.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
WARNING
The failure of the warning
light ¬ (warning light off) is
also indicated by the flashing for
more than the normal 4 seconds of
the passenger’s front air bag deactivated warning light F.
ç
HIGH TEMPERATURE
ENGINE COOLANT
FLUID (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the engine is overheated.
If the warning light comes on, proceed as
follows:
❒ normal driving conditions: stop
the vehicle, switch off the engine and
check whether the water level in the
reservoir is not below the MIN mark.
Otherwise wait for few seconds to allow the engine cooling, then open
slowly and carefully the cap, top up
coolant and check whether its level is
falling between MIN and MAX marks
in the reservoir. Check visually any
leak. If, when restarting, the warning
light comes on again, contact a Fiat
Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on, but it
should go off after few seconds.
WARNING
If when turning the ignition
key to MAR, the warning
light ¬ does not turn on or stays on
when travelling there could be a failure in safety systems; in this event air
bags or pretensioners could not trigger in case of impact or, in a minor
number of cases, they could trigger
accidentally. Contact Fiat Dealership
immediately to have the system
checked.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
AIR BAG FAILURE
(red)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 147
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:45
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
¬
9-10-2008
INDEX
145-156 Ducato GB
147
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
145-156 Ducato GB
148
9-10-2008
9:45
Pagina 148
❒ heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer uphill
of fully laden vehicle): decrease speed,
if the warning light stays on, stop the
vehicle. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving the engine on and slightly accelerated to further activate the circulation
of the coolant fluid, then switch the
engine off. Check proper coolant level as described previously.
IMPORTANT Under severe use of the vehicle, keep the engine on and slightly accelerated for few minutes before switching it off.
v
LOW ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE (red)
EXHAUSTED OIL (red)
(where provided)
Low engine oil pressure
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go out
as soon as the engine is started.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
w
LOW BATTERY
CHARGE (red)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on, but it
should go out as soon as the engine is
started (with the engine running at idle
speed a brief delay in going out is allowed).
If the warning light stays on glowing steadily or flashing: contact immediately Fiat
Dealership.
After the first indication, at each engine
starting the warning light v will go on
flashing for about 60 seconds and then
every 2 hours until oil is changed.
WARNING
If the warning light v
turns on when the vehicle is
travelling (on certain versions together with the message on the display) stop the engine immediately
and contact a Fiat Dealership.
Exhausted oil
The warning light with turn on flashing together with the message on the display
(where provided) when the system detects that the engine oil is exhausted.
WARNING
If warning light v flashes, contact Fiat Dealership
immediately to have oil changed and
instrument panel warning light turned
off.
On certain versions the display shows a
dedicated message when the front left/right
door or rear doors/load compartment are
open.
A buzzer will sound when one of the doors
is open and the vehicle is moving.
The warning light on the instrument panel turns on glowing steadily with
the vehicle stationary and driver’s seat belt
not fastened correctly. The warning light
will turn on flashing together with the
buzzer when, with the vehicle moving, driver’s seat belt is not fastened correctly. The
S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer can only be excluded by Fiat Dealership. On certain versions the system can be reactivated through the set-up menu.
x >
INEFFICIENT
EBD
ELECTRONIC
BRAKING
DISTRIBUTOR
(red) (amber)
The turning on at the same time of warning lights x and > with the engine running indicates an EBD system failure or
that the system is unavailable; in this case
heavy braking may cause the rear wheels
to lock before time, with the possibility of
skidding. Drive with the utmost care to
the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the
system checked.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
SAFETY
DEVICES
On certain versions the warning light turns on when one or more
doors or the tailgate are not properly
shut.
<
SEAT BELTS NOT
FASTENED (red)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
INCOMPLETE DOOR/
LOAD COMPARTMENT
LOCKING (red)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 149
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:45
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
´
9-10-2008
INDEX
145-156 Ducato GB
149
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
145-156 Ducato GB
150
U
9-10-2008
9:45
Pagina 150
INJECTION SYSTEM
FAILURE
(amber)
Under normal conditions, turning
the ignition key to MAR, the warning light
turns on but it should go off after engine
starting.
If the warning light stays on or turns on
when travelling, means a fault in the supply/ignition system which could cause high
emissions at the exhaust, possible lack of
performance, poor handling and high consumption levels.
F
FRONT PASSENGER’S
AIR BAG
DEACTIVATED
(amber)
(where provided)
Warning light F comes on when front
passenger’s air bag is deactivated.
With front passenger’s air bag on, turning the ignition key to MAR, warning light
F comes on steadily for about 4 seconds, it flashes for other 4 seconds and
then it shall go off.
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on, but it
should go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the system is inefficient or unavailable. In this case
the braking system keeps its effectiveness
unchanged, but without the potential offered by the ABS system. Caution is advisable and it is necessary to contact Fiat
Dealership.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
In these conditions it is possible to continue driving without however requiring
heavy effort or high speed from the engine. In any case, contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible.
>
INEFFICIENT ABS
SYSTEM (amber)
WARNING
Warning light F indicates
also warning light ¬ failures.
This is indicated by intermittent flashing, over 4 seconds, of warning light
F. In this event warning light ¬
indicates that there could be a failure
in safety systems. Contact Fiat Dealership immediately to have the system checked.
ç
FUEL RESERVE
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on, but it
should go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when about
10/12 litres fuel (according to versions) are
left in the tank.
IMPORTANT The warning light flashes to
indicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible to have the system
checked.
Glow plug warming
Turning the ignition key to MAR, the
warning light turns on and it will turn off
when glow plugs reach the preset temperature. Start the engine immediately after warning light switching off.
IMPORTANT With hot ambient temperature, warning light stays on for very short
time.
Glow plug warming failure
The warning light turns on when there is
a failure in the glow plug warming system.
Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
Y
VEHICLE PROTECTION
SYSTEM FAILURE FIAT CODE
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
Turning the key to MAR the warning light
shall flash only once and then go off.
The warning light turns on when there is
water in the diesel fuel filter.
The warning light turned on glowing
steadily with key at MAR, indicates:
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
❒ possible failure (see” Fiat Code system” in section “Dashboard and controls”);
The presence of water in the
fuel circuit may cause serious
damage to the entire injection system and cause irregular engine operation. If the warning
light c turns on (on certain versions together with the message on the display)
contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible to have the system relieved. If the
above indications come on immediately after refuelling, water has probably been poured into the tank: turn
the engine off immediately and contact
Fiat Dealership.
❒ possible attempt to break-in with
alarm on; in this case the warning light
will turn off after about 10 seconds.
If with the engine running the warning light
Y flashes, this means that the vehicle is
not protected by the engine inhibitor device (see “Fiat Code system” in section
“Dashboard and controls”).
Contact Fiat Dealership to have all the key
memorised.
SAFETY
DEVICES
GLOW PLUG
WARMING FAILURE
(Multijet versions amber)
c
WATER IN DIESEL
FUEL FILTER
(Multijet versions - amber)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
GLOW PLUG
WARMING
(Multijet versions amber)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 151
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:45
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
m
9-10-2008
INDEX
145-156 Ducato GB
151
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
145-156 Ducato GB
W
9-10-2008
9:45
Pagina 152
EXTERNAL LIGHT
FAILURE (amber)
The warning light turns on
when one of the following lights
– sidelights
– brake lights
– rear fog guards
– direction indicators.
The failure referring to these lights could
be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown
protection fuse or an electric connection
cut-off.
On certain versions the dedicated message
is displayed.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
is failing:
152
4
REAR FOG LIGHTS
(amber)
The warning light turns on
when the rear fog lights are turned on.
è
GENERIC FAILURE
INDICATION
(amber)
The warning light turns on in the following circumstances.
Engine oil pressure
sensor failure
The warning light comes on when the engine oil pressure sensor is faulty. Contact
Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
Inertial fuel cut-off switch
intervened
The warning light comes on when the inertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered.
The display will show the dedicated message.
Rain sensor failure
(versions with multifunction
display)
The warning light on the dial turns on
when the rain sensor is faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership.
The display will show the dedicated message.
Parking sensor failure
(versions with multifunction
display)
See what described for warning light t.
To enable the cleaning procedure, keep
the vehicle running until the warning light
turns off.
The display will show the dedicated message.
á
d
BRAKE PAD WEAR
(amber)
HILL HOLDER FAILURE
(amber) (where provided)
The warning light on the dial
turns on if the front brake pads are worn;
in this case have them changed as soon
as possible.
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
ESP-ASR system failure
If the warning light does not go off or stays
on when travelling together with the button led ASR, contact Fiat Dealership.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
Note Warning light flashing when driving
indicates that the ESP system is active.
Hill Holder failure
The warning light will turn on when the
Hill Holder system is faulty. Contact Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The warning light turns on when
the diesel particulate filter is clogged and
the driving conditions do not enable to activate automatically the reclaiming procedure.
ESP - ASR SYSTEM
FAILURE
(amber) (where provided)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
DIESEL PARTICULATE
h FILTER CLOGGED
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 153
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:45
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
145-156 Ducato GB
153
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
145-156 Ducato GB
154
t
9-10-2008
9:45
Pagina 154
PARKING SENSOR
FAILURE
(where provided)
(amber)
3
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS
AND LOW BEAMS
(green)
FOLLOW ME HOME
(green)
The warning light turns on when failure
is detected in parking sensors.
Side/taillights and low beams
On certain versions warning light è turns
on as an alternative.
The warning light turns on when side/taillights or low beams are turned on.
Contact Fiat Dealership.
Follow me home
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
The warning light will turn when this device is active (see “Follow me home” in
section “Dashboard and controls”).
The display will show the dedicated message.
5
FRONT FOG LIGHTS
(green)
F
LEFT-HAND
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
(green - intermittent)
The warning light turns on
when the front fog lights are turned on.
The warning light turns on when the direction indicator control lever is moved
downwards or, together with the right indicator, when the hazard warning light
button is pressed.
Ü
CRUISE CONTROL
(where provided) (green)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light will turn on but
it should go off after a few seconds.
The instrument panel warning light turns
on when turning the knurled ring of the
Cruise Control to ON.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
The warning light turns on
when the main beams are
turned on.
V
ASR SYSTEM
(where provided)
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR, the warning light turns on but it
should go off after few seconds. The led
on the ASR button turns on when the system is switched off. The warning light
flashes when the ASR system cuts in to
alert the driver that the system is adapting to the road surface grip conditions.
The turning on of the warning light together with the message on the display
and the buzzer, also indicates a failure of
the ASR system. In this case contact Fiat
Dealership as soon as possible.
Messages are displayed when the ASR
function is activated/deactivated manually (see “ASR system” in section “Dashboard and controls”).
In versions fitted with ASR system only, at
deactivation (ASR OFF) the warning light
will always stay on.
g
POWER STEERING
FAILURE (red)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light on the dial turns on, but it should go off after few
seconds.
If the warning light stays on together with
the message on the display and the buzzer,
you will not have steering assistance and
the effort on the steering wheel will be increased, steering is however possible.
Contact Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The warning light turns on when the direction indicator control lever is moved
upwards or, together with the left indicator, when the hazard warning light button
is pressed.
1
MAIN BEAMS (blue)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
RIGHT-HAND
DIRECTION
INDICATOR (green intermittent)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 155
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:45
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
D
9-10-2008
INDEX
145-156 Ducato GB
155
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
145-156 Ducato GB
156
õ
9-10-2008
9:45
Pagina 156
SCHEDULED
SERVICING
(where provided)
This warning light turns on to indicate servicing and it will stay on glowing
steadily until reaching the deadline. The
warning light will turn off after carrying out
servicing at Fiat Dealership or after 1000
km at servicing deadline.
Œ
SELF-LEVELLING
SUSPENSIONS
FAILURE
(where provided) (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light shall turn on but it should
turn off a few seconds later.
The warning light will turn on to indicate a
failure at self-levelling suspension system.
t
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
FAILURE/MAX.
GEARBOX OIL
TEMPERATURE
(where provided) (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR, the
warning light shall turn on but it should
turn off a few seconds later.
The warning light turns on flashing (together with the message on the display and
the buzzer) when the gearbox is failing.
The warning light turns on glowing steadily (together with the message on the display and the buzzer) when the automatic
transmission oil is too hot.
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE
ON THE ROAD
This indication starts flashing when the
outside temperature reaches or falls below 3°C to warn the driver of the possible presence of ice on the road.
The display will show the dedicated message (only for versions with a multifunctional display).
LIMITED RANGE
(versions with multifunction
display)
The display will show the dedicated message to warn the driver that the cruising
range is less than 50 km.
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
The display will show the dedicated message when the vehicle exceeds the set
speed limit (see “Multifunction Display” in
section “Dashboard and controls”).
Pagina 157
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IN AN EMERGENCY
ENGINE STARTING ...........................................................
158
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ...............................................
159
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT
FIX & GO automatic ...........................................................
163
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ...................
168
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT..........................
170
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ..........................
176
IF A FUSE BLOWS................................................................
177
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT ..................................................
185
JACKING THE VEHICLE ...................................................
186
TOWING THE VEHICLE ...................................................
186
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found on the
Warranty Booklet. You can also connect to the site www.fiat.com
to search for the nearest Fiat Dealership point
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
157
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
158
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 158
ENGINE
STARTING
Proceed as follows:
EMERGENCY START-UP
❒ connect positive terminals (+ near
the terminal) of the two batteries
with a jump lead;
❒ lift the lid A to connect to the battery
positive terminal fig. 1.
If the instrument panel warning light Y
turns on glowing steadily, contact immediately Fiat Dealership.
JUMP STARTING fig. 1-2
If the battery is flat, it is possible to start
the engine using an auxiliary battery with
the same capacity or a little higher than
the flat one.
fig. 1
F0N0075m
❒ connect with a second cable the negative terminal (–) of the auxiliary battery
to the ground point as shown in fig. 2;
❒ start the engine;
❒ when the engine has been started, remove the leads reversing the order
above.
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the battery checked/replaced.
If after a few attempts the engine does not
start, do not insist but contact the nearest Fiat Dealership.
fig. 2
F0N0076m
WARNING
The starting procedure must
be carried out by qualified
personnel because incorrect operations may cause electrical discharge of
considerable intensity. The liquid contained in the battery is poisonous and
corrosive. Avoid contact with the skin
and eyes. Keep naked flames and lighted cigarettes away from the battery
and do not cause sparks.
BUMP STARTING
Never bump start the engine (by pushing,
towing, or coasting downhill) as this could
cause fuel to flow into the catalytic exhaust system and damage it beyond repair.
IMPORTANT Remember that the brake
booster and the power steering system
are not operating until the engine is started, a greater effort will therefore be required to press the brake pedal or turn
the steering wheel.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Wheel changing and correct use of the
jack and spare wheel call for some precautions as listed below.
WARNING
Alert other drivers that the
vehicle is stationary in compliance with the regulations in force:
hazard warning lights, warning triangle etc. Any passengers on board
should leave the vehicle, especially if
it is heavily laden. Passengers should
stay away from oncoming traffic
while the wheel is being changed on.
Pull the handbrake.
WARNING
The spare wheel is specific to
your vehicle, do not use it on
other models, or use the spare wheel
of other models on your vehicle.
Wheel bolts are specific to your vehicle: do not use them on other models
and do not use bolts of other models.
WARNING
Have the punctured wheel
repaired and refitted as soon
as possible. Do not grease the threads
of bolts before installing them: they
might slip out.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IF A TYRE
IS PUNCTURED
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the
negative terminals of the two batteries:
sparks could ignite the flammable gas from
the battery. If the other battery is fitted in
another vehicle, prevent accidental contacts between the metal parts of the two
vehicles.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 159
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
159
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
160
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 160
WARNING
The jack shall only be used
for changing wheels on the
vehicle with which it is provided or on
vehicles of the same model. It must
not be used for other purposes such
as for instance raising vehicles of other models. In no case should it be used
for repairs under the vehicle. Incorrect positioning of the jack may cause
the jacked vehicle to fall. Do not use
the jack for higher capacities than
stated on its label.
WARNING
Never tamper with the inflation valve. Never place
tools between the rim and tyre.
Check and restore, if required, the
pressure of tyres and spare wheel to
the values given in section “Technical
Specifications”.
Please note:
❒ the jack weight is 4.5 kg;
❒ the jack requires no adjustment;
❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it breaks
it must be replaced with a new jack;
❒ no tool other than its cranking device
may be fitted on the jack.
fig. 3
WARNING
No tools other than the
crank provided should be
used with the spare wheel lifting device; it should be operated by hand,
only.
F0N0193m
To change a wheel proceed as
follows:
❒ stop the vehicle in a position that is
not dangerous for oncoming traffic
where you can change the wheel safely. The ground should be flat and adequately firm;
❒ turn the engine off and pull up the
handbrake;
❒ engage first gear or reverse;
❒ wear the reflecting safety jacket (compulsory by law in certain countries) before getting out of the vehicle;
❒ alert other drivers that the vehicle is
stationary, using the proper devices in
compliance with the regulations in
force (e.g.: warning triangle, hazard
warning lights, etc …);
❒ take the extension and the wrench
from the tool bag under the passenger’s seat (see “Compartment under
the front passenger’s seat” in section
“dashboard and controls”);
fig. 4
F0N0194m
fig. 6
F0N0163m
fig. 5
F0N0186m
fig. 7
F0N0164m
❒ on versions with alloy wheels, remote
the press-fitted hub cap;
❒ loosen one turn the bolts of the wheel
to change;
❒ turn the ring nut to extend the jack
partially;
❒ set the jack near the lifting support
close to the wheel to change in the
points shown in fig. 3.
For short wheelbase versions with retractable footboard, the jack shall be
set in the point shown in fig. 4 and
shall be suitably directed (45°) to avoid
interference with the retractable footboard;
❒ warn anybody nearby that the vehicle
is about to be lifted. They must stay
clear and not touch the vehicle until
it is back on the ground. Jack the vehicle.
❒ for vans, open 180° the load compartment door and remove the cap from
the hole A-fig. 6 to fit the extension Bfig. 6 and the wrench C-fig. 7;
– fit the extension B-fig. 6 into the
hole;
– fit the wrench C-fig. 7 and turn it
counterclockwise to lower the
spare wheel;
– continue turning anti-clockwise until the stop point is reached which
is signalled by the hardening of the
crank. Do not go beyond this point
or else the device will be damaged.
It should only and exclusively be operated by hand without using any
other sort of tool other than the
crank supplied.
❒ use the wrench C to take the wheel
out of the vehicle fig. 7a;
❒ loosen the knob D , remove the support E and release the wheel.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ for chassis-cabs, from the rear right
side of the vehicle fig. 5 use the
wrench to operate the wheel restraining device screw,
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
After jacking the vehicle:
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 161
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
161
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 162
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
162
fig. 7a
F0N0165m
fig. 8
F0N0167m
❒ fit the spare wheel making the holes
G-fig. 9 coincide with the respective
pins H. Make sure the contact surfaces
between spare wheel and hub are
clean so that the fastening bolts will
not come loose;
❒ tighten the 5 fastening bolts;
fig. 7b
F0N0166m
The moving parts of the jack (screw and
joints) may also cause injury if touched.
Clean off any grease.
❒ loosen the bolts completely using the
wrench F-fig. 8 and remove the
wheel;
❒ operate the wheel wrench to lower
the vehicle and remove the jack;
❒ fasten bolts completely, working in a
criss-cross fashion as shown in fig. 9.
When you have finished:
❒ take the flat tyre, hook it to support
E-fig. 7b and screw knob D-fig. 7b;
❒ introduce the wheel wrench C-fig. 7
on the extension B-fig. 6 and turn it
clockwise to allow the spare wheel to
be raised until it is resting completely
on the housing under the floor pan.
fig. 9
F0N0168m
WARNING
on both van fig. 9a and cab
fig. 9b versions, at the end of
the operation of raising/locking the
spare wheel, the key must be extracted, taking care not to turn it in
the wrong direction when trying to facilitate the extraction of the actual
key, to prevent the attachment device from released and the wheel assembly not being securely retained.
As regards vehicles equipped with alloy
wheel trims, proceed as follows:
– Take the relevant kit from the tool box;
– Assemble the relevant plate A-fig. 9c
on the alloy wheel, fixing it with the supplied screws B-fig. 9c using wrench
C-fig. 7;
– Re-attach the wheel onto the support
turning it until it reaches the end of the
slot (as illustrated in fig. 9d) and fasten
the ball grip D-fig. 9d;
❒ bottle A containing sealer and fitted
with:
fig. 9a
F0N0224m
fig. 9c
F0N0251m
– filling pipe B;
– sticker C bearing the notice “max.
80 km/h”, to be placed in a position
visible to the driver (on the instrument panel) after fixing the tyre;
❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 11), to
be used for prompt and proper use
of the quick repair kit and to be then
handed to the personnel charged with
handling the treated tyre;
fig. 9b
F0N0223m
– Introduce the wheel disassembly wrench
C-fig. 7 on extension B-fig. 6 and turn
it clockwise in order to allow the spare
wheel to rise.
❒ check for proper arrangement in the
space under the floor provided for the
purpose (the lifting system is provided with a stop limit catch; incorrect
positioning impair safety);
❒ remove the extension B-fig. 6 and refit it together with the wrench Cfig. 7 into the tool compartment;
fig. 9d
F0N0252m
❒ refit the tool compartment into the
proper space under the passenger’s
seat.
WARNING
Check that the spare wheel is
correctly positioned in its
housing under the floor whenever it is
moved. Safety may be affected if incorrectly positioned.
❒ compressor D-fig. 10 including gauge
and connections;
❒ adapters for inflating different elements.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The automatic Fix & Go fast tyre repair
kit is located in the front part of the passenger compartment and contains:
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
QUICK TYRE REPAIR
KIT - FIX & GO automatic
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 163
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
163
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 164
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
In the event of a puncture
caused by foreign bodies, it is
possible to repair tyres showing damages on the track or
shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter.
164
fig. 10
fig. 11
F0N0177m
F0N0178m
WARNING
Hand
the
instruction
brochure to the personnel
charged with treating the tyre repaired with the kit.
IT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT:
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair
kit is effective with external temperatures
between –20 °C and +50 °C.
The sealing fluid has limited life.
WARNING
Holes and damages on the
tyre side walls cannot be repaired. Do not use the quick tyre repair kit if damaging is due to running
with flat tyre.
WARNING
The compressor shall not be
operated for more than 20
minutes. Risk of overheating!. Tyres
repaired with the quick tyre repair kit
shall be used temporarily only.
WARNING
Repairs are not possible in
case of damages on the
wheel rim (bad groove distortion
causing air loss). Do not remove foreign bodies (screws or nails) from the
tyre.
If the compressor stops due to excessive
overheating, wait a few minutes to allow
for compressor cooling, press the RESET
button set aside the compressor, then reactivate the compressor.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Replace the cylinder if sealer
has run out. Do not throw
away the cylinder and the
sealing fluid. Have the sealing
fluid and the cylinder disposed of in
compliance with national and local
regulations.
fig. 12
F0N0325m
INFLATING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Put on the protection gloves
provided together with quick
tyre repair kit.
❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyre
inflation valve cap, take out the filler
hose A-fig. 12 and screw the ring nut
B on the tyre valve;
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WARNING
The cylinder contains ethylene glycol. The cylinder contains latex: it can cause allergic reactions. It is harmful if ingested or inhaled and irritant for the eyes and in
case of contact. In case of contact
rinse immediately with water and take
off contaminated clothes. If swallowed, do not induce vomit, rinse out
the mouth, drink a lot of water and
call the doctor immediately. Keep
away from children. This product must
not be used by asthmatics. Do not inhale vapours. Call the doctor immediately in case of allergic reactions.
Keep the cylinder in the space provided for the purpose and far from heat.
The sealing fluid has limited life.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 165
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
165
157-188 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 166
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
❒ if after 5 minutes it is still impossible
to reach at least 3 bar, disengage compressor from valve and current outlet,
then move the vehicle forth for approx. ten metres in order to distribute the sealing fluid inside the tyre
evenly, then repeat the inflation operation;
166
fig. 13
F0N0180m
❒ if after this operation it is still impossible after 10 minutes to reach at least
3 bar, do not start driving since the
tyre is excessively damaged and the
quick tyre repair kit cannot guarantee
suitable sealing, contact Fiat Dealership;
WARNING
Apply the sticker in a visible
position for the driver to indicate that the tyre has been treated with the quick tyre repair kit. Drive carefully especially when cornering. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoid
heavy braking and accelerating.
❒ after driving for about 10 minutes
stop and check again the tyre pressure; pull up the handbrake;
❒ re-start immediately if the tyre has
been inflated to 4 bar pressure;
fig. 14
F0N0182m
❒ make sure the compressor switch Dfig. 13 is set to 0 (off), start the engine and fit plug E-fig. 14 into the
nearest current outlet and then turn
on the compressor by setting switch
D-fig. 13 to I (on). Inflate tyre at 4 bar
pressure.
Check tyre pressure on gauge F-fig.
13 with compressor off to obtain precise reading;
WARNING
If the pressure falls below 3
bars, do not drive any further: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go
automatic cannot guarantee proper
hold because the tyre is too much
damaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.
Pagina 167
❒ drive with the utmost care to the
nearest Fiat Dealership.
fig. 15
WARNING
It is of vital importance to
communicate that the tyre
has been repaired using the quick tyre
repair kit. Hand the instruction
brochure to the personnel charged
with treating the tyre repaired with
the kit.
WARNING
Repair may not be possible
if tyres other than those supplied with the vehicle are used. If the
tyres are replaced, it is advisable to
fit products approved by the manufacturer. Consult the Fiat Dealership.
F0N0326m
fig. 17
F0N0184m
FOR CHECKING AND
RESTORING PRESSURE ONLY
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
PROCEDURE
The compressor can be also used just for
restoring pressure. Disconnect the quick
connection C and connect it directly to
the tyre valve fig. 15; in this way the cylinder is not connected to compressor and
the sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre.
To replace the cylinder proceed as follows:
NOTE If the tyre shall be deflated, connect quick connection C to the tyre valve
and press the yellow button set in the middle of the compressor switch.
❒ disconnect connection A-fig. 17;
❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder
to replace and raise it;
❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clockwise;
❒ fit connection A and connect tube B
into its seat.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
❒ if at laest 3 bar pressure is read, restore proper pressure specified in
paragraph” Tyre pressure” in section
“Technical Specifications” (with engine
running and handbrake on) and
restart;
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
167
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 168
WHEN NEEDING TO
CHANGE A BULB
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
168
❒ When a light is not working, check
that the corresponding fuse is intact
before changing a bulb. For the location of fuses, refer to the paragraph “If
a fuse blows” in this section;
❒ Before changing a bulb check the contacts for oxidation;
❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by others of the same type and power;
❒ Always check the height of the headlight beam after changing a bulb.
Halogen bulbs must be handled touching only the metallic part. If the transparent bulb
is touched with the fingers, its
lighting intensity is reduced and life of
the bulb may be compromised. If
touched accidentally, rub the bulb with
a cloth moistened with alcohol and allow to dry.
WARNING
Modifications or repairs to
the electrical system (electronic control units) carried out incorrectly and without bearing the features of the system in mind can cause
malfunctions with the risk of fire.
WARNING
Halogen bulbs contain pressurised gas which, if broken,
may cause small fragments of glass to
be projected outwards.
IMPORTANT The headlight inner surface
may be lightly misted over: this is not a
fault but a natural fact due to low temperature and the level of air humidity. It
will disappear as soon the headlights are
turned on. The presence of drops inside
the headlights means water infiltration,
therefore contact Fiat Dealership.
TYPES OF BULBS
Various types of bulbs are fitted to your
vehicle:
A
Glass bulbs: clipped into position. Pull
to remove.
fig. 18
F0N0078m
B Bayonet type bulbs: to remove this
type of bulb from its holder, press the
bulb and turn it counter-clockwise.
C
Tubular bulbs: release them from
their contacts to remove.
D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,
release the clip holding the bulb in
place.
Type
Power
Main-beam headlights
D
H1
55W
Dipped beam headlights
D
H7
55W
Front sidelights
A
W5W
5W
Front fog lights (where provided)
–
H1
55W
Front direction indicators
B
PY21W
21W
Side direction indicators
A
W16WF(*)/WY5W(▼)
16W(*)/5W(▼)
Rear direction indicators
B
PY21W
21W
Side lights
A
W5W
5W
Taillights
B
P21/5W
5W
Brake lights
B
P21/5W
5W
Third brake light (additional brake light)
B
P21W
21W
Reversing light
–
P21W
21W
Rear fog lights
–
P21W
21W
Rear fog lights (Heavy-Duty van)
–
P21W
21W
Number plate light
A
C5W
5W
Front ceiling light with movable lens
C
12V10W
10W
Rear ceiling light
C
12V10W
10W
(*) XL and free time versions
(▼) all other versions
SAFETY
DEVICES
Ref. figure
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Bulbs
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 169
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
169
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
170
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 170
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
“When needing to change a bulb”.
FRONT LIGHT UNITS fig. 19
The front light units contain sidelights,
dipped beam, main beam and direction indicator bulbs.
fig. 19
F0N0079m
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
as follows:
A direction indicators
B sidelights/dipped beams (double light)
C main beams
fig. 21
F0N0082m
SIDELIGHTS fig. 21
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ remove the protection cover B-fig.
20 turning it counterclockwise;
❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb holder
unit A; remove the bulb B and replace
it;
fig. 20
F0N0080m
To replace the main beam bulb, remove
cap A-fig. 20.
To replace the dipped beams/sidelights
bulb, remove cap B-fig. 20.
To replace the direction indicators bulb,
remove the bulb holder C-fig. 20.
After replacing the bulb, refit caps and
check for proper locking.
❒ refit the snap-fitted bulb holder unit
A;
❒ refit the protection cover B-fig. 20
turning it clockwise and check for
proper locking.
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 171
F0N0081m
fig. 24
F0N0084m
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
DIRECTION INDICATORS
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ remove the protection cover A-fig.
20 turning it counterclockwise;
❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 23 counterclockwise and remove it;
With incandescent bulb
❒ disconnect the electric connector Afig. 22;
❒ remove the bulb pushing it gently and
turning it counterclockwise (“bayonet”);
❒ release the bulb catch B-fig. 22;
❒ remove the bulb C-fig. 22 and replace
it;
❒ fit the new bulb, making the outlines
of the metallic part coincide with the
grooves on the reflector then, refit the
bulb holder catch A and reconnect
the electrical connector B;
❒ refit the protection cover A-fig. 20
turning it clockwise and check for
proper locking.
❒ replace the bulb;
❒ refit the bulb holder, by turning it
clockwise and locking it properly.
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ remove the protection cover B-fig.
20 turning it counterclockwise;
❒ disconnect the electric connector Afig. 24;
❒ release the bulb holder catch B-fig.
24;
❒ remove the bulb C-fig. 24 and replace
it;
❒ fit the new bulb, making the outlines
of the metallic part coincide with the
grooves on the reflector then, refit the
bulb holder catch B and reconnect the
electrical connector A;
❒ refit the protection cover turning it
clockwise and check for proper locking.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 23
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0083m
INDEX
fig. 22
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
171
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 172
fig. 25
F0N0169m
Side fig. 25 - 26
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
F0N0170m
❒ use the screwdriver provided to
loosen the screws and remove the
bulb holder unit releasing it from the
catches;
❒ loosen the bulb turning it counterclockwise and change it B.
fig. 27
F0N0339m
FRONT FOG LIGHTS
(where provided)
To change front fog lights A-fig. 27 proceed as follows:
❒ turn the steering wheel fully leftwards;
❒ loosen the self-tapping screw and open
the lid on the front wheel box
❒ disconnect the connector;
IINDEX
IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ move the mirror by hand to reach the
two fastening screws A;
fig. 26
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
172
❒ remove the bayonet cap;
❒ release the bulb holder clip;
❒ remove the bulb and change it;
❒ fit the new bulb, making the outline
of the metallic section coincide with
the grooves on the headlight reflector,
refit the bulb holder clip and reconnect the electric connector;
❒ refit the bayonet cap.
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 173
REAR LIGHT UNITS
fig. 28-29-30
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
as follows:
A brake lights/taillights
B direction indicators
C reversing lights
D rear fog lights (on Heavy-Duty Van
versions, the reversing lights are built
into the bumpers, see “Heavy-Duty
Van rear fog lights).
fig. 29
F0N0087m
To replace a bulb proceed as follows:
❒ open the rear swing door and loosen
the two fastening screws A;
❒ disconnect the central electric connector B and pull the lens unit outwards;
❒ loosen the screws using the screwdriver provided C and remove the
bulb holder;
fig. 30
F0N0088m
❒ remove the bulb to replace D, E, F or
G pushing it slightly and turning it
counterclockwise (“bayonet” clamping) and replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder and tighten the
screws C;
❒ reconnect the electric connector B,
suitably refit the unit to the vehicle
body and then tighten the fastening
screws A.
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0086m
INDEX
fig. 28
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
173
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 174
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
174
fig. 30a
F0N0239m
On truck and chassis-cab versions:
❒ unscrew the four bolts H-fig. 30a and
replace the bulbs:
I: reversing light bulb (left side); reversing light bulb (right side);
L: bulb for side light;
M: bulb for brake light;
N: bulb for turn signal.
fig. 30b
F0N0241m
fig. 30c
F0N0242m
fig. 30d
F0N0243m
REAR FOG LIGHTS
(Heavy-Duty Van)
To replace a bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ take up position to the rear of the side
bumper;
❒ unscrew lower fastening A between
the central and side bumper fig. 30b;
❒ after removing the tail-light, unscrew
upper fastening B-fig. 30b;
❒ unscrew both fastenings C on the rear
side-hinged door side and open the
door slightly fig. 30c;
❒ unscrew the three side fastenings D
on the side panel side, which are accessible after removing the side
moulding fig. 30c. To remove the
moulding, unscrew the three lower
self-tapping bolts and carefully remove
the spring clips to avoid breaking
them. If one or more spring clips
break, they must be replaced;
❒ remove the bulb holder unit;
❒ turn bulb holder E anticlockwise (1/8
turn), remove the bayonet bulb by
pressing in slightly and turning anticlockwise, then replace fig. 30d.
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 175
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 31-32
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ loosen the two fastening screws Afig. 31;
❒ remove the lens unit;
❒ press the tabs B-fig. 32 and remove
the bulb holder;
❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace it.
F0N0089m
fig. 33a
F0N0244m
NUMBER PLATE LIGHT fig. 33
SIDE LIGHTS (where provided)
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ work in the point shown by the arrow
and remove the lens unit A;
❒ change the bulb releasing it from the
side contacts and making sure the new
bulb is correctly fastened between the
contacts;
❒ refit the snap-fitted lens unit.
To replace a bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ for extra-long van:
– unscrew both retaining screws Cfig. 33a and remove the light;
– remove bulb holder D on the rear
side of the bulb by turning through
1/4 of a turn;
– remove the press-fitted bulb and
replace.
❒ for chassis cabs with box:
– remove the bulb holder on the rear
side of the bulb by turning through
1/4 of a turn;
– remove the press-fitted bulb and
replace.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0N0142m
fig. 33
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 32
F0N0141m
INDEX
fig. 31
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
175
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
176
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 176
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
“When needing to change a bulb”.
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
❒ work in the points shown by the arrows and remove light A-fig. 34;
fig. 34
F0N0090m
fig. 36
F0N0092m
fig. 35
F0N0091m
fig. 37
F0N0093m
❒ open the protection lid B-fig. 35;
❒ replace bulbs C-fig. 35 releasing them
from the side contacts; make sure that
new bulbs are correctly clamped between contacts;
❒ re-close the lid B-fig. 35 and secure
light A-fig. 34 into its housing locking it properly.
REAR CEILING LIGHT
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
❒ work in the points shown by the arrows and remove light D-fig. 36;
❒ open the protection lid E-fig. 37;
❒ replace bulb F-fig. 37 releasing it from
the side contacts making sure that the
new bulb is correctly clamped between
the contacts;
❒ re-close the protection lid E-fig. 37
and secure light D-fig. 36 into its
housing locking it properly.
IF A FUSE BLOWS
WARNING
Never change a fuse with
another with a higher amp
rating, DANGER OF FIRE.
GENERAL
B undamaged fuse
C fuse with damaged filament.
fig. 38
F0N0094m
Never replace a broken fuse
with anything other than a
new fuse.
WARNING
If a general fuse (MEGAFUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXIFUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any repair and contact Fiat Dealership. Before changing a fuse, check the ignition key has been removed and that
all the other electric devices have
been turned off/disabled.
WARNING
If a fuse blows again, contact
a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
When a device does not work, check the
efficiency of its fuse: the conductor element A-fig. 38 must be intact. If not, replace the fuse with one of the same amp
rating (same colour).
SAFETY
DEVICES
The fuse is a protective device for the
electric system: it comes into action (i.e.
it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or improper action on the system.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 177
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
177
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 178
FUSE LOCATION
Fuses are grouped into three fuse boxes
to be found respectively on the dashboard,
on the passenger compartment right pillar and in the engine compartment.
Fuse box on the
dashboard
To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box
on the dashboard, loosen the fastening
screws A-fig. 39 and remove the cover.
fig. 39
F0N0095m
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
178
fig. 40
F0N0096m
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 179
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Fuse box in engine compartment
F0N0098m
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 41
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
To gain access to the fuse box, remove the
protection cover fig. 41.
fig. 42
F0N0097m
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
179
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 180
Optional fuse box on the right central post (where provided)
To gain access to the fuse box, remove the
protection cover fig. 43.
fig. 43
F0N0172m
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
180
fig. 44
F0N0171m
Pagina 181
USERS
FUSE
AMPERE
Right dipped beam headlight
F12
7.5
Left dipped beam headlight, Headlight aiming device
F13
7.5
Engine compartment fuse box relay, dashboard fuse box relay (+key)
F31
7.5
Minibus internal lights (emergency)
F32
10
Rear current outlet
F33
15
Absent
F34
–
Reversing lights, sevotronic control unit, Water in diesel fuel filter sensor, (+key)
F35
7.5
Central door locking (+ battery)
F36
15
Brake lights (main), Third brake light, Instrument panel (+key)
F37
7.5
Dashboard control unit relay (+ battery)
F38
10
EOBD socket, Sound System, A/C control, Alarm, Chronotachograph,
Webasto timer (+battery)
F39
10
Left-hand heated window, Driver’s mirror defroster
F40
15
Right-hand heated window, Passenger’s mirror defroster
F41
15
ABS, ASR, ESP, Brake light control (secondary) (+key)
F42
7.5
Windscreen wiper (+key)
F43
30
Cigar lighter, Front current outlet
F44
20
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Fuse box on dashboard
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
FUSE SUMMARY TABLE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
181
9:46
Pagina 182
USERS
FUSE
AMPERE
Control on driver’s door, Controls on passenger’s door
F45
7.5
Absent
F46
–
Driver’s power window
F47
20
Passenger’s power window
F48
20
Sound System, Driver’s power window, Dashboard controls,
Alarm control unit, Rain sensor (+key)
F49
7.5
Airbag (+key)
F50
7.5
A/C control, Cruise control, Chronotachograph (+key)
F51
7.5
Optional fuse box relay
F52
7.5
Instrument panel, Rear fog lights (+battery)
F53
7.5
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
157-188 Ducato GB
182
FUSE
AMPERE
ABS pump (+battery)
F01
40
Glow plug heating (+battery)
F02
50
Ignition switch (+battery)
F03
30
Webasto control unit (+battery)
F04
20
Passenger’s compartment ventilation with Webasto (+battery)
F05
20
Engine cooling fan high speed (+battery)
F06
40/60
Engine cooling fan low speed (+battery)
F07
40/50
Passenger’s compartment fan (+key)
F08
40
Headlight washer pump
F09
20
Horn
F10
15
E.i. system (secondary services)
F11
15
Right main beam headlight
F14
7.5
Left main beam headlight
F15
7.5
E.i. system (+key)
F16
7.5
E.i. system (primary services)
F17
10
Engine control unit (+battery)
F18
7.5
Conditioner compressor
F19
7.5
Headlight washer pump
F20
30
SAFETY
DEVICES
USERS
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Fuse box in engine compartment
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 183
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
183
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
184
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 184
USERS
FUSE
AMPERE
Fuel pump
F21
15
E.i. system (primary services)
F22
20
ABS solenoid valves
F23
30
Automatic transmission 8 (+key)
F24
15
Front fog lights
F30
15
USERS
FUSE
AMPERE
Absent
F54
–
Heated seats
F55
15
Rear passenger’s current outlet
F56
15
Additional heater under seat
F57
10
Sidelights
F58
10
Self-levelling suspensions (+battery)
F59
7.5
Absent
F60
–
Absent
F61
–
Absent
F62
–
Passenger’s additional heater control
F63
10
Absent
F64
–
Passenger’s additional heater fan
F65
30
Right central post optional fuse box
You are advised to recharge the battery
slowly for a period of approximately 24
hours at a low amperage. Charging for too
long could damage the battery. Charge the
battery as follows:
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;
❒ connect the charger cables to the battery terminals, observing the poles;
❒ turn on the charger;
❒ when you have finished, turn the
charger off before disconnecting the
battery;
❒ reconnect the terminal to the battery
negative pole.
WARNING
Do not attempt to charge a
frozen battery: it must firstly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.
If freezing has occurred, the battery
should be checked by skilled personnel to make sure that the internal elements are not damaged and that the
body is not cracked, with the risk of
leaking poisonous and corrosive acid.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IMPORTANT The battery charging procedure is described only for information
purposes. This operation should be carried out by Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
The liquid in the battery is
poisonous and corrosive. Do
not let it touch the skin or eyes.
Recharging the battery should be
done in a well ventilated area away
from naked flames or possible sources
of sparks: explosion and fire risk.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
RECHARGING THE
BATTERY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 185
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
185
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
186
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 186
JACKING THE
VEHICLE
TOWING THE VEHICLE
The vehicle has two eyes for anchoring the
towing device.
If the vehicle is to be lifted, go to a Fiat
Dealership which is equipped with the arm
hoist or workshop lift.
fig. 45
F0N0340m
Jack up the vehicle only by positioning the
jack arms or the shop jack in the points
shown in the figure.
WARNING
When towing, remember that
without the help of the brake
booster and power steering, a greater
effort is required on the pedal and
steering wheel. Do not use flexible cables for towing and avoid jerks. During
towing operations make sure that fastening the joint to the vehicle does not
damage the components in contact
with it. When towing the vehicle, you
must comply with the specific traffic
regulations regarding the tow ring and
how to tow on the road.
SAFETY
DEVICES
fig. 48
F0N0136m
Front ring is housed in the tool compartment under the front passenger’s seat.
To use it proceed as follows:
❒ Open lid A and remove it as shown in
fig. 46;
❒ turn the knob B counterclockwise and
remove it fig. 46 to extract the compartment fig. 47;
fig. 47
F0N0135m
WARNING
Do not start the engine
when towing the vehicle.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
F0N0134m
WARNING
Before starting to tow, disengage the steering lock (see
paragraph “Ignition device” in section
“Dashboard and controls”). When
towing, remember that without the
help of the brake booster and power
steering, a greater effort is required on
the pedal and steering wheel. Do not
use flexible cables for towing and
avoid jerks. During towing operations
make sure that fastening the joint to
the vehicle does not damage the components in contact with it. When towing the vehicle, you must comply with
the specific traffic regulations regarding the tow ring and how to tow on the
road.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 187
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 46
9-10-2008
INDEX
157-188 Ducato GB
187
IINDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
157-188 Ducato GB
188
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 188
❒ take the screwdriver from the tool
compartment and lever in the point
shown to raise the cap C-fig. 48;
❒ Take the tow ring D from the tool
compartment and screw it on the
threaded pin fig. 48.
fig. 49
F0N0117m
The rear ring B-fig. 49 is to be found in
the point shown in the figure.
190
SERVICE SCHEDULE ...........................................................
191
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE .............................................
195
HEAVY-DUTY ......................................................................
195
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS................................................
196
AIR FILTER ............................................................................
202
POLLEN FILTER ...................................................................
202
BATTERY ................................................................................
202
WHEELS AND TYRES .........................................................
205
RUBBER HOSES ....................................................................
206
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS ...................
206
BODYWORK ........................................................................
208
INTERIORS ............................................................................
210
SAFETY
DEVICES
SCHEDULED SERVICING ................................................
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 189
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
189
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
190
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 190
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance is essential for ensuring long life to your vehicle at top conditions.
This is why Fiat has programmed a series
of checks and maintenance operations
every 40,000/45,000 km according to engine models.
It is however important to remember that
scheduled servicing does not completely
cover all the vehicle requirements: also
in the initial period before 40,000/45,000
km service coupon and later, between one
coupon and another, ordinary care is still
required such as for example routine
check and topping up the level of fluids,
tyre pressure check, etc...
IMPORTANT The Programmed Maintenance coupons are specified by the Manufacturer. The failure to have them carried out may invalidate the warranty.
IMPORTANT You are advised to contact
Fiat Dealership in the event of any minor
operating faults, without waiting for the
next service coupon.
Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fiat Dealership, at pre-established times.
If your vehicle is used frequently for towing, the interval between one service
coupon and the other must be reduced.
If during each operation, in addition to the
ones programmed, the need arises for further replacements or repairs, these may
be carried out only with the explicit agreement of the Customer.
45
90
135
180
225
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required
●
●
●
●
●
Check light system operation (headlights, direction
indicators, hazard lights, boot lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation and adjust
nozzles, if required
●
●
●
●
●
Check windscreen blade position/wear
●
●
●
●
●
Check disk brake pad conditions and wear and front and rear disk brake
pad wear indicator operation
●
●
●
●
●
Sight inspect conditions and soundness:
Sight inspect the conditions of: bodywork, underbody protection, pipes
and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes) - Rubber parts (boots - sleeves bushes, etc.) - Brake and fuel system hoses
●
●
●
●
●
Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions/tension
(excluding engines provided with automatic tighteners)
●
●
Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required
●
●
●
●
●
Check exhaust emissions/smoke
●
●
●
●
●
Check cleanness of locks and lever cleanness and lubrication
●
●
●
●
●
Change engine oil and oil filter
●
●
●
●
●
SAFETY
DEVICES
Thousands of km
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SERVICE SCHEDULE (120 Multijet - 130 Multijet - 160 Multijet)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 191
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
191
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
192
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 192
Thousands of km
45
90
135
180
225
Replace fuel filter
●
●
●
●
●
Replace air cleaner cartridge (▼)
●
●
●
●
●
Top up fluids
(engine coolant - brakes - power steering - windscreen washer - etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check timing belt (120 - 130 Multijet versions)
●
Replace accessory drive belt
●
Replace timing belt (120 - 130 Multijet versions) (*)
Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket)
●
●
●
Change brake fluid (or every 2 years)
Change pollen filter (or every 2 years)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
(*) Or every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idling for a long time, driving on dusty
roads or covered with sand and/or salt), or in any case every 5 years regardless of the km covered
(▼) If the vehicle is equipped with a specific air filter for dusty areas:
- Every 20,000 Km check-up and filter cleaning;
- Every 40,000 Km substitution of filter.
40
80
120
160
200
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required
●
●
●
●
●
Check electric system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, boot light, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
Check windscreen washer/wiper operation, adjust nozzles
if required
●
●
●
●
●
Check windscreen blade position/wear
●
●
●
●
●
Check disk brake pad conditions and front and rear disk brake
pad wear indicator operation
●
●
●
●
●
Sight inspect conditions and soundness:
Sight inspect the conditions of: bodywork, underbody protection,
pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), Rubber parts (boots - sleeves bushes - etc.) - Brake and fuel system hoses
●
●
●
●
●
●
Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions
●
Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required
●
●
●
●
●
Check exhaust emissions/smoke
●
●
●
●
●
Check cleanness of locks and lever cleanness and lubrication
●
●
●
●
●
Change engine oil and oil filter
●
●
●
●
●
Change fuel filter
●
●
●
●
●
SAFETY
DEVICES
Thousands of km
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SERVICE SCHEDULE (100 Multijet)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 193
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
193
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
194
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 194
Thousands of km
40
80
120
160
200
Replace air cleaner cartridge (▼)
●
●
●
●
●
Check and top up fluids, if required
(engine coolant - brakes - power steering - windscreen washer - etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Change accessory drive belt
Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket)
●
●
●
Change brake fluid (or every 2 years)
Change pollen filter (or every 2 years)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Should prevailing use of the vehicle be under one of the following specially heavy conditions:
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒short distances (less than 7-8 km) repeated and with external temperatures below zero;
❒ frequently idling engines or long distance low speed driving (e.g. door-to-door deliveries) or in case of a long term inactivity;
❒ driving in the city;
servicing operations shall be carried out every 30,000 km
(▼) If the vehicle is equipped with a specific air filter for dusty areas:
- Every 20,000 Km check-up and filter cleaning;
- Every 40,000 Km substitution of filter.
❒ engine coolant fluid level;
❒ brake fluid level;
❒ windscreen washer fluid level;
❒ tyre pressure and conditions;
❒ light system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, etc.);
❒ windscreen wiper/washer operation
and windscreen/rear window blade
position/wear;
Every 3,000 km check and top up if required: engine oil level.
You are recommended to use FL
Selenia, products, designed and produced specifically for Fiat vehicles (see
table “Capacities” in section “Technical
specifications”).
Should prevailing use of the vehicle be under one of the following specially heavy
conditions:
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒ check cleanness of locks, bonnet and
boot and lever cleanness and lubrication;
❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine,
gearbox, transmission, pipes and
hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes,
etc.);
❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km) repeated and with external temperatures below zero;
❒ check battery charge and fluid level
(electrolyte);
❒ frequently idling engines or long distance low speed driving (e.g. door-todoor deliveries) or in case of a long
term inactivity;
❒
❒ driving in the city;
carry out the following checks more frequently than required in the Service
Schedule:
❒ check front disk brake pad conditions
and wear;
❒ visual check on various drive belt conditions;
check and replace pollen filter, if required;
❒ check and replace air cleaner, if required.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,
check and top up if required:
HEAVY-DUTY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 195
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
195
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 196
CHECKING FLUID
WARNING
Never smoke while working
in the engine compartment;
gas and inflammable vapours may be
present, with the risk of fire.
When topping up take care
not to confuse the various
types of fluids: they are all incompatible with one another and could seriously damage the vehicle.
fig. 1 - 100 Multijet versions
F0N0099m
fig. 2 - 120 Multijet - 130 Multijet versions
F0N0100m
1. Engine coolant
2. Power steering fluid
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
196
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 197
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
2. Power steering fluid
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
1. Engine coolant
F0N0210m
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 3 - 160 Multijet versions
INDEX
When topping up take care
not to confuse the various
types of fluids: they are all incompatible with one another and could seriously damage the vehicle.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
Never smoke while working
in the engine compartment;
gas and inflammable vapours may be
present, with the risk of fire.
197
189-210 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 198
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT After adding or changing
the oil, let the engine turn over for a few
seconds and wait a few minutes after turning it off before you check the level.
198
fig. 4 - 100 Multijet versions
F0N0101m
fig. 5 - 120 - 130 Multijet versions
F0N0102m
ENGINE OIL fig. 4-5-6
Check the oil level a few minutes (about
5) after the engine has stopped, with the
vehicle parked on level ground.
WARNING
When the engine is hot, take
care when working inside the
engine compartment to avoid burns.
Remember that when the engine is
hot, fan may cut in: danger of injury.
Scarves, ties and other loose clothing might be pulled by moving parts.
The oil level shall be included between the
MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick B.
The gap between the MIN and MAX
marks corresponds to about one litre of
oil.
If the oil level is near or even below the
MIN mark, add oil through the filler neck
A, until reaching the MAX mark.
Oil level shall never exceed the MAX
mark.
fig. 6 - 160 Multijet versions
F0N0211m
Do not add oil with specifications other than that already
in the engine.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Max engine oil consumption is usually 400
grams every 1,000 km.
When the vehicle is new, the engine needs
to run in, therefore the engine oil consumption can only be considered stabilised
after the first 5,000 - 6,000 km.
IMPORTANT The oil consumption depends on driving style and the conditions
under which the vehicle is used.
Used engine oil and filter contain harmful substances for
the environment. Contact Fiat Dealership to have the oil
and filter changed, as they are
equipped to dispose of the waste oil
and filters respecting the nature and
the law.
fig. 7
F0N0103m
ENGINE COOLANT fig. 7
The coolant level shall be checked with
cold engine and shall be within the MIN
and MAX marks on the tank.
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture
of 50% distilled water and 50%
PARAFLU UP of the FL Selenia Group
through the filler neck A until the level
reaches MAX.
A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP and
distilled water gives freeze protection to
–35°C.
For particularly hard climate conditions, we
recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP
and 40% demineralized water mixture.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
The cooling system is pressurised. If necessary, replace
the cap only with another genuine
one, otherwise system efficiency
could be compromised. Do not remove the reservoir cap when the engine is hot: you risk scalding yourself.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
The engine cooling system uses protective antifreeze fluid
PARAFLU UP. Use the same
fluid type as that already in
the cooling system when topping up.
PARAFLU UP fluid cannot be mixed
with any other type of fluid. Should it
happen, under no circumstances start
the engine; contact a Fiat Dealership.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 199
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
199
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 200
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
Do not travel with the windscreen washer reservoir empty: the windscreen washer is fundamental for improving visibility.
200
fig. 8
F0N0105m
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW
WASHER FLUID/
HEADLIGHT WASHERS fig. 8
WARNING
Certain commercial additives for windscreen washers
are inflammable. The engine compartment contains hot components
which may set it on fire.
To top up, remove the cap A.
Pour a mixture of water and TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC35, in the following concentrations:
BRAKE FLUID fig. 9
30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC35 and 70% water in summer.
Unscrew cap A: check that the fluid level
in the reservoir is at maximum.
50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC35 and 50% water in winter.
Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceed
the MAX mark.
In case of temperatures below –20°C, use
undiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC35 fluid.
If fluid has to be added, it is suggested to
use the brake fluid in table "Fluids and lubricants" (see chapter "Technical characteristics").
Check level through the reservoir.
NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap A
and the surrounding surface.
fig. 9
F0N0107m
At plug opening, pay maximum attention
in order to prevent any impurities from
entering the tank.
For topping up, always use a funnel with
integrated filter with mesh equal to or
lower than 0.12 mm.
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs moisture, for this reason, if the vehicle is mainly used in areas with a high degree of atmospheric humidity, the fluid should be
replaced at more frequent intervals than
specified in the “Service schedule”.
Prevent brake fluid, which is
highly corrosive, from coming
into contact with painted
parts. Should it happen, immediately wash with water.
fig. 10
WARNING
The symbol π on the container indicates synthetic
brake fluid, distinguishing it from the
mineral kind. Using mineral fluids irreversibly damages the special braking system rubber seals.
POWER STEERING
FLUID fig. 10
Check whether the fluid level in the tank
is at max. level. This operation should be
carried out with the vehicle on level
ground, engine not running and cold.
Check whether the fluid level is at MAX
mark on the dipstick integral with the tank
cap (for cold check use the level shown
on the 20 °C side on the dipstick).
F0N0109m
If the fluid level in the reservoir is below
the specified level, top up with one of the
products specified in table “Fluids and lubricants” in section “Technical Specifications”, proceed as follows:
Do not press down the power steering with the engine
running for over 8 seconds,
noise and risk of damages will
result.
❒ Start the engine and wait until the fluid level in the reservoir has stabilized.
AIR CLEANER
❒ With the engine started, turn repeatedly the steering wheel fully rightwards and leftwards.
Air cleaner replacement shall be carried
out at Fiat Dealership.
❒ Top up until reaching the MAX mark
then refit the cap.
AIR FILTER – DUSTY ROADS
(where necessary)
WARNING
Do not allow the power
steering fluid to touch the
hot parts of the engine: it is inflammable.
The air filter specific for dusty areas is
equipped with a visual blockage signalling
device A-fig. 11. It is therefore necessary
to periodically check the blockage sensor
indicator (Please refer to the “Programmed Maintenance Plan” shown in the
Chapter “Maintenance and care”)
SAFETY
DEVICES
Power steering fluid consumption is extremely low. If
the fluid level needs topping
up again after a short period
of time, have the system checked for
leakage at a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous and
highly corrosive. In the event
of accidental contact, wash the parts
involved immediately with neutral
soap and water, then rinse thoroughly. Call the doctor immediately
if the fluid is swallowed.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 201
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
201
189-210 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 202
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
ATTENTION: Use a jet of air so as to
clean the air filter, do not use water or liquid detergents.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
Such filter is specific for the versions suitable for dusty areas; therefore it is advisable to seek help from the Fiat Assistance
Network for the substitution of the filter.
202
fig. 11
F0N0253m
POLLEN FILTER
Should the battery be not fitted with battery charge inspection device (optical electrolyte indicator), inspection operations
shall be carried out by skilled personnel
only.
To check the battery charge, loosen the
two fastening screws and open the cover. Then, close the cover accurately avoiding pinching and short circuits.
Refer to the table below.
Pollen filter replacement shall be carried
out at Fiat Dealership.
BATTERY
fig. 11a
F0N0254m
Upon reaching the calibration value, the
indicator is activated B-fig. 11a and it
switches to the red light position, even
when the engine is switched off. In order
to reset the signalling device, proceed with
the cleaning/substitution of the cartridge
as with normal equipment and reset the
indicator by pressing button C-fig. 11a.
The battery is of the “Limited maintenance” type: under normal conditions of
use the electrolyte does not need topping
up with distilled water.
WARNING
The liquid in the battery is
poisonous and corrosive.
Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Do
not bring naked flames or possible
sources of sparks near the battery:
risk of fire and explosion.
The battery is located inside the passenger’s compartment in front of the pedal assy. Remove the protection cover to find it.
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the battery checked/replaced.
CHECKING
THE CHARGE fig. 12
The battery charge may be checked
through the indicator A (where required)
set on the battery cover and acting according to the colour the indicator shows.
WARNING
Running the battery with
low fluid level can damage
the battery beyond repair and could
also cause its explosion.
Top up electrolyte
Low charge level
Electrolyte level and
charge sufficient
CHANGING THE BATTERY
If required, replace the battery with a genuine spare part having the same specifications.
If a battery with different specifications is
fitted, the service intervals given in the
“Service schedule” in this section will no
longer be valid.
Refer therefore to the instructions provided by the battery manufacturer.
Contact Fiat
Dealership
Charge the battery
(advisable to
contact Fiat Dealership)
No action
IMPORTANT The charge in the battery
should be checked at the start of winter
to limit the risk of electrolyte freezing.
This check should be carried out more
frequently if the vehicle is used mainly for
short trips, or if it is fitted with accessories
that permanently absorb electricity even
with the ignition key removed, especially
in the case of after market accessories.
WARNING
If the vehicle is left inactive
for long periods at cold, remove the battery and store it in a
warm place to prevent freezing.
IMPORTANT When a tachograph is fitted and the vehicle has been parked for
longer than 5 days, it is advisable to disconnect the battery negative terminal to
preserve the charge status.
If the vehicle is equipped with a battery
disconnection function (disconnector), see
the description of the procedure in the
“Controls” paragraph in the “Dashboard
and controls” chapter;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Batteries contain substances
that are very harmful for the
environment. You are advised
to have the battery changed
at a Fiat Dealership, which is properly
equipped for disposing of used batteries respecting nature and the law.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Incorrect fitting of electrical
and electronic accessories can
seriously damage the vehicle.
If after buying the vehicle, you
want to install electric accessories
which require permanent electric supply (alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.)
contact Fiat Dealership whose qualified
personnel, in addition to suggesting the
most suitable devices, will evaluate the
overall electric absorption, checking
whether the vehicle electric system is
capable of withstanding the load required, or whether it should be integrated with a more powerful battery.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
F0N0110m
fig. 12
Bright white
colour
Dark colour
without green area
in the centre
Dark colour
with green area
in the centre
Pagina 203
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
203
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 204
WARNING
When working on the battery or near it, always wear
the proper goggles.
❒ when you park the vehicle, ensure the
doors are closed properly. The ceiling
lights must be off;
❒ turn the ceiling lights off. The vehicle
however, is provided with an automatic system for switching off internal
lights;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
USEFUL ADVICE FOR
LENGTHENING THE LIFE OF
YOUR BATTERY
IN AN
EMERGENCY
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
204
To avoid draining your battery and lengthen its life, observe the following indications:
❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound
system, hazard lights, etc.) switched on
for a long time when the engine is not
running;
❒ before performing any operation on
the electrical system, disconnect the
battery negative cable;
❒ battery terminals shall always be perfectly tightened.
IMPORTANT A battery which is kept at
a charge of less than 50% (optical indicator with dark colour without green area
in the middle) for any length of time will
be damaged by sulphation leading to a reduction in cranking power.
Moreover, this might lead to a higher risk
of the battery electrolyte freezing (this
may even occur at –10° C). If the vehicle
is inactive for a long period of time, refer
to “Vehicle inactivity”, in section “Correct
use of the vehicle”.
If after buying the vehicle, you want to install electric accessories which require
permanent electric supply (alarm, etc.)
contact Fiat Dealership whose qualified
personnel, in addition to suggesting the
most suitable devices, will evaluate the
overall electric absorption, checking
whether the vehicle’s electric system is capable of withstanding the load required,
or whether it should be integrated with
a more powerful battery.
In fact, since these devices continue absorbing energy even when the ignition key
is off, they gradually run down the battery.
It is normal for pressure to rise when you
are driving. For the correct tyre inflation
pressure, see “Wheels” in section “Technical specifications”.
fig. 13
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre
wear fig. 13:
IMPORTANT NOTES
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B low pressure: tread particularly worn
at the edges.
C high pressure: tread particularly worn
in the centre.
Tyres must be replaced when the tread
wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, comply with the laws in the country where the
vehicle is being driven.
F0N0111m
❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp braking and screech starts etc. Be careful
not to hit the kerb, potholes or other obstacles hard. Driving for long
stretches over bumpy roads can damage the tyres;
❒ periodically check that the tyres have
no cuts in the side wall, abnormal
swelling or irregular tyre wear. If any
of these occur, have the vehicle seen
to at a Fiat Dealership;
❒ avoid overloading the vehicle when
travelling: this may cause serious damage to the wheels and tyres;
❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop immediately
and change it to avoid damage to the
tyre, the rim, suspensions and steering system;
❒ in the case of replacement, always fit
new tyres, avoiding those of dubious
origin;
❒ if a tyre is changed, also change the inflation valve;
❒ to allow even wear between the front
and rear tyres, it is advisable to change
them over every 10-15 thousand kilometres, keeping them on the same
side of the vehicle so as to not reverse
the direction of rotation.
WARNING
Remember that road holding
depends also on the correct
tyre inflating pressure.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Check the pressure of each tyre, including the spare, every two weeks and before
long journeys. The pressure should be
checked with the tyre rested and cold.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
❒ tyres age even if they are not used
much. Cracks in the tread rubber are
a sign of ageing. In any case, if the
tyres have been on the vehicle for
over 6 years, they should be checked
by specialised personnel, to see if they
can still be used. Also remember to
check the spare wheel;
WHEELS AND TYRES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 205
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
205
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 206
WARNING
If the pressure is too low the
tyre overheats and this can
cause it serious damage.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
WARNING
Never submit alloy rims to
repainting treatments requiring to use temperatures exceeding 150°C since the mechanical properties of the wheels could be impaired.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Do not cross switch the
tyres, moving them from the
right of the vehicle to the left and vice
versa.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
206
RUBBER HOSES
WINDSCREEN
As far as the brake system and fuel rubber
hoses are concerned, carefully follow the
“Service schedule” in this section.
BLADES
Indeed ozone, high temperatures and prolonged lack of fluid in the system may
cause hardening and cracking of the hoses,
with possible leaks. Careful control is
therefore necessary.
Periodically clean the rubber part using
special products; TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
If the rubber blades are bent or worn they
should be replaced. In any case they should
be changed once a year.
A few simple notions can reduce the possibility of damage to the blades:
❒ if the temperature fall below zero,
make sure that ice has not frozen the
rubber against glass. If necessary, thaw
using an antifreeze product;
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in addition to protecting the blades, this
prevents effort on the motor and
overheating;
❒ do not operate the windscreen
wipers on dry glass.
WARNING
Driving with worn wiper
blades is a serious hazard,
because visibility is reduced in bad
weather.
The headlight washers are automatically
switched on when the windscreen washer is operated and the headlights are on.
fig. 14
F0N0137m
fig. 15
F0N0112m
Changing the windscreen wiper
blades fig. 14
SPRAY NOZZLES
Proceed as follows:
Windscreen wiper fig. 15
❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm A and
set the blade at 90° with the arm;
If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check
that there is fluid in the reservoir: see
“Checking fluid levels” in this section.
❒ remove the snap-fitted blade B from
the arm A;
❒ refit the new blade and lock it.
Then check that the nozzle holes are not
clogged, if necessary use a needle.
The windscreen jets are directed by adjusting the angle of the nozzles using the
special screwdriver.
Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3
height from the window upper edge.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Regularly check that the spray jets are intact and clean.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
HEADLIGHT WASHERS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 207
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
207
9:49
Pagina 208
BODYWORK
The main causes of corrosion are the following:
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
189-210 Ducato GB
208
PROTECTION FROM
ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
❒ atmospheric pollution;
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas,
or hot humid climates);
❒ seasonal environment conditions.
Not to be underestimated is also the abrasive action of wind-borne atmospheric
dust and sand and mud and gravel raised
by other vehicles.
On your vehicle, Fiat implemented the
best manufacturing technologies to effectively protect the bodywork against corrosion.
These include:
❒ Painting products and systems which
give the vehicle particular resistance
to corrosion and abrasion;
❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated)
steel sheets, with high resistance to
corrosion;
❒ Spraying the underbody, engine compartment, wheelhouse internal parts
and other parts with highly protective
wax products;
BODY AND UNDERBODY
WARRANTY
Your vehicle is covered by warranty
against perforation due to rust of any original element of the structure or body.
For the general terms of this warranty, refer to Fiat Warranty Booklet.
ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE
BODYWORK
❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a protective function, in the more exposed
points: underdoor, inner fender parts,
edges, etc;
Paint
❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to prevent condensation and pockets of
moisture from triggering rust inside.
In the case of deep scrapes or scores, you
are advised to have the necessary touching
up carried out immediately to avoid the formation of rust. For touching up use only
original products (see “Bodywork paint
identification plate” in section “Technical
specifications”).
Paintwork does not only serve an aestethic purpose, but also protects the underlying sheet metal.
Normal paint maintenance consists in
washing at intervals depending on the conditions and environment of use. For example, in highly polluted areas, or if the roads
are sprayed with salt, it is wise to wash the
vehicle more frequently.
❒ wash the body using a low pressure jet
of water;
❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy solution over the bodywork, frequently
rinsing with the sponge;
❒ rinse well with water and dry with a
jet of air or a chamois leather.
When drying, take particular care with the
less visible parts like door surrounds, bonnet and around the headlights where water may stagnate. The vehicle should not
be taken to a closed area immediately, but
left in the open so that residual water can
evaporate.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in
the same way as the rest of the vehicle.
Where possible, do not park under trees;
the resinous substance many species release give the paint a dull appearance and
increase the possibility of triggering rust
processes.
Windows
Use specific window cleaner products.
Use also clean cloths to avoid scratching
the glass or damaging the transparency.
IMPORTANT The inside of the rearscreen
should be wiped gently with a cloth in the
direction of the filaments to avoid damaging the heating device.
Engine compartment
For best paint protection, from time to
time polish the bodywork with special
waxes; when paint becomes mat due to
smog, polish the bodywork with polish
waxes that have also a light abrasive effect.
At the end of the winter the engine compartment should be carefully washed,
without directing the jet against electronic control units. Contact a specialised
workshop to have this done.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be
washed off immediately and thoroughly as
the acid they contain is particularly aggressive.
IMPORTANT The vehicle should be
washed with the engine cold and the ignition key at STOP. After washing make
sure that the various protections (e.g. rubber caps and various covers) have not
been damaged or removed.
Detergents cause water pollution. Therefore the engine
compartment should be
washed in areas equipped for
collecting and purifying the liquid used
in the washing process.
Front headlights
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic substances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: acetone) for cleaning front headlight plastic
lens.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ remove the aerial from the roof to
prevent damage to it if the vehicle is
washed in an automatic system;
Do not wash the vehicle after it has been
left in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this
may alter the shine of the paintwork.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
To correctly wash the vehicle:
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 209
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:49
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
189-210 Ducato GB
209
8-10-2008
9:49
Pagina 210
INTERIORS
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC
AND VELVET PARTS
Periodically check that water is not trapped
under the mats (due to water dripping off
shoes, umbrellas, etc.) which could cause
oxidisation of the sheet metal.
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to remove dust. Velvet is cleaned better if the
brush is moistened.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistened
with a solution of water and neutral detergent.
WARNING
Never use flammable products like oil ether or rectified
petrol for cleaning vehicle interiors.
Electrostatic discharges generated by
rubbing during cleaning operations
could cause fire.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEICHLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
189-210 Ducato GB
210
WARNING
Do not keep aerosol cans in
the vehicle: they might explode. Aerosol cans must never be exposed to a temperature above 50° C.
The temperature inside the vehicle
exposed to the sun may go well beyond that figure.
Fabric upholstery of your Fiat
Ducato is purpose-made to
withstand common wear resulting from normal use of the
vehicle. It is however absolutely necessary to prevent hard and/or prolonged
scratching/scraping caused by clothing
accessories like metallic buckles, studs,
“Velcro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally the fabric could break yarns and
damage the upholstery as a consequence.
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
For routine cleaning of interior plastic parts
use a soft cloth moistened with water and
neutral soap. Remove grease or persisting
stains using appropriate solvent-free products designed to preserve appearance and
colour of plastic components.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petroleum to clean the instrument panel.
STEERING WHEEL/GEAR LEVER
KNOB WITH GENUINE
LEATHER COVERING
These components shall only be cleaned
with water and neutral soap.
Never use spirit or alcohol-based products.
Before using special products for cleaning interiors, read carefully label instructions and indications to make sure they
are free from spirit and/or alcohol-based
substances.
If when cleaning the windscreen with special glass products, some drops fall on the
leather covering of the steering wheel/gear
lever knob remove them immediately and
then clean with water and neutral soap.
IMPORTANT Take the utmost care when
engaging the steering lock to prevent
scratching the leather covering.
212
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS ..............
214
ENGINE ..................................................................................
216
FUEL FEED .............................................................................
217
TRANSMISSION ..................................................................
217
BRAKES ...................................................................................
218
SUSPENSIONS.......................................................................
218
STEERING...............................................................................
218
WHEELS ..................................................................................
219
DIMENSIONS.........................................................................
223
PERFORMANCE ...................................................................
229
WEIGHTS ...............................................................................
230
CAPACITIES ..........................................................................
261
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS..............................................
262
FUEL CONSUMPTION .......................................................
264
CO2 EMISSIONS ..................................................................
265
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:
MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS ....................................
266
SAFETY
DEVICES
IDENTIFICATION DATA .................................................
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 211
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
211
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 212
IDENTIFICATION DATA
H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.
I
You are advised to note the identification
codes. The identification data stamped and
given on the plates and their position are
the following:
M Spare part code.
N Smoke opacity index.
❒ Model plate.
❒ Chassis marking.
❒ Bodywork paint identification plate.
fig. 1
F0N0333m
MODEL PLATE fig. 1
The plate is to be found on the front cross
member of the engine compartment and
it bears the following identification data:
B Homologation number.
C Vehicle type code.
F Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded
with trailer.
INDEX
IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ Engine marking.
212
Engine type.
L Body version code.
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
D Chassis number.
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.
G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 213
ENGINE MARKING
F0N0162m
fig. 4
F0N0338m
BODYWORK PAINT
IDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 2
The plate is to be found on the front cross
member of the engine compartment and
it bears the following identification data:
A Paint manufacturer.
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
D Respray and touch up code.
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 3
These are to be found respectively: on the
internal wheelhouse on passenger’s side
A-fig. 3 and on the bottom of the windscreen fig. 4.
❒ vehicle model;
❒ chassis number.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 3
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0N0160m
INDEX
fig. 2
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
Engine marking is stamped on the cylinder
block and includes the model and the serial number.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
213
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
Pagina 214
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
Versions
Engine code
100 Multijet
4HV
120 Multijet
SOFIM F1AE0481D
130 Multijet
SOFIM F1AE0481N
160 Multijet
SOFIM F1CE0481D
Below is an example of body version with relevant key valid for any body version:
Key:
MODEL
CAPACITY
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION/DRIVING AXLES
BODYWORK
WHEELBASE
VERSION
214
9:46
250
A
A
M
F
A
AX
Pagina 215
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
CAPACITY
A 3,000 kg
B 3,300 kg
C 3,500 kg LIGHT
D 3,500 kg HEAVY
E 4,005 kg
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
ENGINES
A 100 Multijet
C 120 Multijet
D 160 Multijet
E 130 Multijet
TRANSMISSION
M Mechanical gearbox
A Automatic gearbox
BODYWORK
A Chassis-cab chassis
B Chassis without cab
C Chassis-cab floor
D Body
E Schoolbus for primary school
L Schoolbus for secondary school
F Van
WHEELBASE
A Short wheelbase
B Medium wheelbase
C Long wheelbase
D Medium long wheelbase
G
H
M
P
R
U
Long cab body
Long cab chassis
Minibus
Panorama
Mixed 6/9 seats
Chassis without cab “Floor”
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
215
9:46
Pagina 216
ENGINE
GENERAL
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
130 Multijet
160 Multijet
Engine code
4HV
Sofim F1AE0481D
Sofim F1AE0481N
Sofim F1CE0481D
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
86 x 94.6
88 x 94
88 x 94
95.8 x 104
2198
2287
2287
2999
17.5
19 ± 0.5
19 ± 0.5
19
corresponding ratio
kW
HP
rpm
74
100
2900
88
120
3600
95.5
130
3600
115.5
157
3500
Maximum torque (EEC)
Nm
250
320
320
400
corresponding ratio
rpm
1500
2000
2000
1600
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification EN590)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification EN590)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification EN590)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification EN590)
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
211-269 Ducato GB
216
Cycle
Number and layout of cylinders
Piston bore and stroke
Total displacement
mm
3
cm
Compression ratio
Maximum power (EEC)
Fuel
Pagina 217
Direct injection “Common Rail”
WARNING
Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’s
technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
TRANSMISSION
Gearbox
100 Multijet
120 Multijet - 130 Multijet - 160 Multijet
Five forward gears and reverse
with synchromesh for
forward gear engagement
Six forward gears and reverse
with synchromesh for forward
gear engagement
Clutch
Self-adjusting pedal without idle stroke
Drive
Front
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Fuel feed
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
FUEL FEED
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
217
9:46
Pagina 218
BRAKES
– front
self-ventilating disc
– rear
disc
Parking brake
controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
211-269 Ducato GB
Service brakes:
IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency
at first braking.
SUSPENSIONS
Front
Mc Pherson independent wheels
Rear
rigid tubular axle type; lengthways single blade
STEERING
Short
wheelbase
INDEX
218
Medium long
wheelbase
Long
wheelbase
rack and pinion with hydraulic power steering
Type
Minimum
steering cycle
Medium
wheelbase
m
11.06
12.46
13.54
14.28
Pagina 219
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SPARE WHEEL
Tubeless tyre (same as those fitted).
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyres
with radial carcass. The homologated tyres
are listed in the Log book.
WHEEL GEOMETRY
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepancies between the information provided on
this “Owner handbook” and the “Log
book”, consider the specifications shown
in the log book only.
The values refer to the vehicle in running
order.
To ensure safety of the vehicle in movement, it must be fitted with tyres of the
same make and type on all wheels.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes
with Tubeless tyres.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Printed steel rim.
RIMS AND TYRES
Front wheel toe-in measured
from rim to rim: – 1 ± 1 mm
F0N0113m
fig. 4
UNDERSTANDING TYRE
MARKING fig. 4
Example: 215/70 R 15 109S
215 = Nominal width (S, distance between sidewalls in mm).
70 = Percentage height/width ratio (H/
S).
R
= Radial tyre.
15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
109 = Load rating (capacity).
S
= Maximum speed rating.
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
WHEELS
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
219
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
220
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 220
Maximum speed rating
Load rating (capacity)
Q = up to 160 km/h.
70 = 335 kg
81 = 462 kg
UNDERSTANDING RIM
MARKING fig. 4
R = up to 170 km/h.
71 = 345 kg
82 = 475 kg
Example: 6J x 15 ET43
S = up to 180 km/h.
72 = 355 kg
83 = 487 kg
6,00 = rim width in inches 1.
T = up to 190 km/h.
73 = 365 kg
84 = 500 kg
J
U = up to 200 km/h.
74 = 375 kg
85 = 515 kg
= rim drop centre outline (side
projection where the tyre bead
rests) 2.
H = up to 210 km/h.
75 = 387 kg
86 = 530 kg
15
V = up to 240 km/h.
76 = 400 kg
87 = 545 kg
= rim nominal diameter in inches
(corresponds to diameter of the
tyre to be mounted) 3 = Ø.
Maximum speed rating
for snow tyres
77 = 412 kg
88 = 560 kg
78 = 425 kg
89 = 580 kg
QM + S = up to 160 km/h.
79 = 437 kg
90 = 600 kg
TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
80 = 450 kg
91 = 615 kg
HM + S= up to 210 km/h.
ET43 = wheel camber angle (distance between the disc/rim supporting
plane and the wheel rim centre
line).
Ducato
(excluding free time)
6J x 15” - H2
215/70 R15C 109/107S
225/70 R15C 112/110S
Ducato
(free time)
6J x 15” - H2
215/70 R15CP 109/107Q
Ducato Maxi
(excluding free time)
6J x 16” - H2
215/75 R16C 116/114R
225/75 R16C 118/116R
Ducato Maxi
(free time)
6J x 16” - H2
225/75 R16CP 116/114Q
If winter tyres M+S with speed index lower than “S” for 15 inches wheels and lower than “R” for 16 inches wheels are used, it is
necessary to respect the max speed of the vehicle according to the following table: max. speed index.
IMPORTANT Use only the tyres indicated on the plating certificate of the vehicle.
If a class C tyre is used on a Camping vehicle, it is necessary to use wheels provided with metallic inflation valve. In the event of replacement, always use Camping type tyres.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Standard tyres
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Rims
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 221
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Versions
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
221
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
222
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 222
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Application
Front
Rear
4.0 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
215/70 R15
3000 PTT(*) Light with standard tyres,
PANORAMA excluded
3300 PTT(*) Light / 3500 PTT(*) Light
with standard tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
215/70 R15
PANORAMA with standard tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
225/70 R15
3000 PTT(*) Light with oversize tyres,
PANORAMA excluded
3300 PTT(*) Light / 3500 PTT(*)
Light with oversize tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
225/70 R15 C
Winter tyres M+S class C on Camping vehicle
4.3 ± 0,05
4.75 ± 0,05
225/70 R15
PANORAMA with oversize tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
215/70 R15 CP
Light range with Camping tyres
5.0 ± 0.05
5.5 ± 0.05
215/75 R16
Heavy range with standard tyres
4.5 ± 0.05
5.0 ± 0.05
225/75 R16
Heavy range with oversize tyres
4.5 ± 0.05
5.0 ± 0.05
225/75 R16 C
Winter tyres M+S class C on Camping vehicle
5.2 ± 0.05
5.2 ± 0.05
225/75 R16 CP
Heavy range with Camping tyres
5.5 ± 0.05
5.5 ± 0.05
(*) Total weight on ground
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
211-269 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 223
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DIMENSIONS
VAN VERSION
SAFETY
DEVICES
Dimensions are expressed in mm and refer to the vehicle fitted with standard tyres.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Height is intended on an unladen vehicle.
fig. 5
F0N0341m
223
Pagina 224
Versions
CH1
MH1
MH2
LH2
LH3
XLH2
XLH3
A
948
948
948
948
B
3000
3450
4035
4035
C
1015
1015
1015
1380
D
4963
5413
5998
6363
E
2254
2254/2524
2524/2764
2524/2764
F
1810
1810
1810
1810
G
2050
2050
2050
2050
H
–
–
–
–
I
1790
1790
1790
1790
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:46
SAFETY
DEVICES
9-10-2008
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
211-269 Ducato GB
224
Van
Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above
211-269 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 225
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
TRUCK VERSION
Dimensions are expressed in mm and refer to the vehicle fitted with standard tyres.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
Height is intended on an unladen vehicle.
fig. 6
F0N0342m
225
Pagina 226
Versions
CH1
MH1
LH1
XLH1
CH1
MH1
MLH1
LH1
XLH1
A
948
948
948
948
948
948
948
948
B
3000
3450
4035
4035
3000
3450/3800
4035
4035
C
1345
1345
1345
1710
960
960
960
1325
D
5293
5743
6328
6693
4908
5358/5708
5943
6308
E
2798
3248
3833
4198
–
–
–
–
F
2254
2254
2254
2254
2254
2254
2254
2254
G
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
H
1790
1790
1790
1790
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
L
2100
2100
2100
2100
2050
2050
2050
2050
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:46
SAFETY
DEVICES
9-10-2008
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
211-269 Ducato GB
226
Body
Chassis-cab chassis
Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above
CH1
MH1
MLH1
LH1
XLH1
CH1
MH1
MLH1
LH1
XLH1
A
925
925
925
925
948
948
948
948
B
3000
3450/3800
4035
4035
3000
3450/3800
4035
4035
C
860
860
860
1225
880
880
880
1245
D
4785
5235/5585
5820
6185
4828
5278/5628
5863
6228
E
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
–
–
–
–
2254
2254
2254
2254
G
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
1810
H
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
L
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
2050
Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above
SAFETY
DEVICES
Chassis-cab special
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Chassis cowl chassis
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 227
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Versions
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
227
Pagina 228
Versions
CH1
MH1
MLH1
LH1
XLH1
A
925
925
925
925
B
3000
3450/3800
4035
4035
C
880
880
880
1245
D
4805
5255/5605
5840
6205
G
1810
1810
1810
1810
H
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
1790÷1980
L
2050
2050
2050
2050
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:46
SAFETY
DEVICES
9-10-2008
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
211-269 Ducato GB
228
Chassis cowl special
Dimensions vary according to the version, within the limits indicated above
Pagina 229
FURGONE
AUTOCARRI
(*) Heavy version
(▼) Light version
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
130 Multijet
160 Multijet
CH1-MH1
140
155
–
165
MH2-LH2
XLH2
135
150
–
160
LH3-XLH3
130
145
–
155
CH1
140
155
160
161 (*) - 165 (▼)
MHI-MLHI
140
155
160
161 (*) - 165 (▼)
LH1-XLH1
140
155
160
161 (*) - 165 (▼)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Top speeds allowable after running in km/h.
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
PERFORMANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
229
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
230
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 230
VAN WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1845 ÷ 1910
1860 ÷ 1925
1910 ÷ 1975
Payload (*) including the driver:
1090 ÷ 1155
1075 ÷ 1140
1025 ÷ 1090
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1630
1650
1630
1650
1630
1650
– total:
3000
3000
3000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Max. roof load
(uniformly distributed)
150
150
150
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,000 kg capacity (***)
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
(***) The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1845 ÷ 1985
1860 ÷ 2000
1910 ÷ 2050
Payload (*) including the driver:
1315 ÷ 1455
1300 ÷ 1440
1250 ÷ 1390
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
– total:
3300
3300
3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Max. roof load
(uniformly distributed)
150
150
150
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
(***) The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity (***)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
VAN WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 231
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
231
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
232
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 232
VAN WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1845 ÷ 1985
1860 ÷ 2000
1910 ÷ 2050
Payload (*) including the driver:
1515 ÷ 1655
1500 ÷ 1640
1450 ÷ 1590
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1850
2000
1850
2000
1850
2000
– total:
3500
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Max. roof load
(uniformly distributed)
150
150
150
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity (***)
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
(***) The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1940 ÷ 2090
1990 ÷ 2140
Payload (*) including the driver:
1410 ÷ 1560
1360 ÷ 1510
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
3000
750
3000
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
Max. roof load
(uniformly distributed)
150
150
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
(***) The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity (***)
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
VAN WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 233
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
233
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
234
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 234
VAN WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
Weights (kg)
Versions 4,000 kg capacity (***)
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
2010 ÷ 2135
2060 ÷ 2185
Payload (*) including the driver:
1865÷ 1990
1815 ÷ 1940
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
4000
4000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
Max. roof load
(uniformly distributed)
150
150
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
(***) The figures given refer to panelled and glazed vans with medium and short wheelbase, both high and low sided.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1795 ÷ 1840
1810 ÷ 1855
1860 ÷ 1905
Payload (*) including the driver:
1125 ÷ 1160
1125 ÷ 1145
1095 ÷ 1140
1630
1650
1630
1650
1630
1650
2920/3000
2935/3000
2935/3000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
TRUCK BODY WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 235
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
235
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
236
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 236
TRUCK BODY WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1795 ÷ 1895
1810 ÷ 1910
1860 ÷ 1960
Payload (*) including the driver:
1405 ÷ 1435
1390 ÷ 1435
1340 ÷ 1440
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
3230/3300
3245/3300
3245/3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1795 ÷ 1895
1810 ÷ 1910
1860 ÷ 1960
Payload (*) including the driver:
1535 ÷ 1605
1535 ÷ 1590
1540 ÷ 1640
1850
2000
1850
2000
1850
2000
3330/3500
3345/3500
3345/3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
TRUCK BODY WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 237
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
237
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
238
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 238
TRUCK BODY WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1895 ÷ 1985
1945 ÷ 2035
Payload (*) including the driver:
1515 ÷ 1605
1465 ÷ 1555
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1895 ÷ 1985
1945 ÷ 2035
Payload (*) including the driver:
2015 ÷ 2105
1965 ÷ 2055
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
4000
4000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Weights (kg)
Versions 4,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
TRUCK BODY WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 239
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
239
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
240
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 240
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WITH FLOOR WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1600
1615
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1630
1650
1630
1650
– total:
3000
3000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,000 kg capacity
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
1580 ÷ 1615
1595 ÷ 1630
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1750
1900
1750
1900
– total:
3300
3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WITH FLOOR WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 241
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
241
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
242
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 242
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WITH FLOOR WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
1580 ÷ 1615
1595 ÷ 1630
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1850
2000
1850
2000
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1655 ÷ 1685
1705 ÷ 1735
Payload (*) including the driver:
1815 ÷ 1845
1765 ÷ 1795
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
3000
750
3000
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
120 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WITH FLOOR WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 243
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
243
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
244
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 244
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WITH FLOOR WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1655 ÷ 1685
1705 ÷ 1735
Payload (*) including the driver:
2315 ÷ 2345
2265 ÷ 2295
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
4000
4000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 4,000 kg capacity
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet (❏)
160 Multijet (❏)
1590 ÷ 1630
1605 ÷ 1635
1655 ÷ 1695
1630
1650
1630
1650
1630
1650
3000
3000
3000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
(❏) Chassis version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet (❏)
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 245
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
245
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
246
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 246
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WEIGHTS
160 Multijet
(❏)
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity
100 Multijet 100 Multijet 120 Multijet 130 Multijet 130 Multijet
(❏)
(▼)
(❏)
(▼)
(❏)
Weight empty
(including fluids, 90% fuel in the
tank and no optional)
1590 ÷ 1640
1545 ÷ 1560
1605 ÷ 1655
1605 ÷ 1655
1560 ÷ 1580
1655 ÷ 1705
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
– total:
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
100
100
100
(❏) Chassis version
(▼) Special version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
100 Multijet 100 Multijet 120 Multijet 130 Multijet 130 Multijet
(▼)
(❏)
(❏)
(▼)
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
Weight empty
(including fluids, 90% fuel in the
tank and no optional)
1590 ÷ 1640
1545 ÷ 1575
1605 ÷ 1655
1605 ÷ 1655
1560 ÷ 1590
1655 ÷ 1705
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1850
2000
1850
2000
1850
2000
1850
2000
1850
2000
1850
2000
– total:
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
100
100
100
(❏) Chassis version
(▼) Special version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 247
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
247
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
248
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 248
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1675 ÷ 1710
1725 ÷ 1760
1610 ÷ 1630
1660 ÷ 1680
Payload (*) including the driver:
1790 ÷ 1825
1740 ÷ 1775
1870 ÷ 1890
1820 ÷ 1840
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
120
120
(❏) Chassis version
(▼) Special version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1675 ÷ 1710
1725 ÷ 1760
1610 ÷ 1630
1660 ÷ 1680
Payload (*) including the driver:
2290 ÷ 2325
2240 ÷ 2275
2370 ÷ 2390
2320 ÷ 2340
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
4000
4000
4000
4000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
1200
100
100
(❏) Chassis version
(▼) Special version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Weights (kg)
Versions 4,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CHASSIS-CAB CHASSIS WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 249
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
249
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
250
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 250
CHASSIS WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1375 ÷ 1410
1425 ÷ 1460
1310 ÷ 1330
1360 ÷ 1380
Payload (*) including the driver:
2090 ÷ 2125
2040 ÷ 2075
2170 ÷ 2190
2120 ÷ 2140
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
120
120
(❏) Chassis version
(▼) Special version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
(❏)
160 Multijet
(❏)
120 Multijet
(▼)
160 Multijet
(▼)
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1375 ÷ 1410
1425 ÷ 1460
1310 ÷ 1330
1360 ÷ 1380
Payload (*) including the driver:
2590 ÷ 2625
2540 ÷ 2575
2670 ÷ 2690
2620 ÷ 2640
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
4000
4000
4000
4000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
100
(❏) Chassis version
(▼) Special version
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Weights (kg)
Versions 4,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CHASSIS WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 251
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
251
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
252
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 252
CREW CAB WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1950 ÷ 2010
1965 ÷ 2025
2015 ÷ 2075
Payload (*) including the driver:
1290 ÷ 1350
1275 ÷ 1335
1225 ÷ 1285
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
– total:
3300
3300
3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1950 ÷ 2010
1965 ÷ 2025
2015 ÷ 2075
Payload (*) including the driver:
1490 ÷ 1550
1475 ÷ 1535
1425 ÷ 1485
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
120
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CREW CAB WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 253
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
253
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
254
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 254
CREW CAB WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
2005 ÷ 2105
2055 ÷ 2155
Payload (*) including the driver:
1395 ÷ 1495
1345 ÷ 1445
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1935
1950
2000
Payload (*) including the driver:
1065
1050
1000
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1600
1650
1600
1650
1600
1650
– total:
3000
3000
3000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
COMBI WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 255
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
255
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
256
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 256
COMBI WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
1935 ÷ 2045
1950 ÷ 2060
2000 ÷ 2100
Payload (*) including the driver:
1255 ÷ 1365
1240 ÷ 1350
1190 ÷ 1300
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
– total:
3300
3300
3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
2125
2175
Payload (*) including the driver:
1375
1325
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2440
2100
2440
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
120 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
COMBI WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 257
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
257
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
258
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 258
COMBI WEIGHTS (HEAVY version)
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
2100
2150
Payload (*) including the driver:
1400
1350
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
2100
2400
2100
2400
– total:
3500
3500
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
3000
750
3000
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
120
120
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,500 kg capacity
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
2200
2215
2265
Payload (*) including the driver:
800
785
735
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1630
1650
1630
1650
1630
1650
– total:
3000
3000
3000
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
SAFETY
DEVICES
100 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,000 kg capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
PANORAMA WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 259
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
259
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
260
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 260
PANORAMA WEIGHTS
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Weight empty (including fluids,
90% fuel in the tank and no optional)
2200 ÷ 2285
2215 ÷ 2300
2265 ÷ 2350
Payload (*) including the driver:
1015 ÷ 1100
1000 ÷ 1085
950 ÷ 1035
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
1750
1900
1750
1900
1750
1900
– total:
3300
3300
3300
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
2000
750
2500
750
2500
750
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
100
100
100
Weights (kg)
Versions 3,300 kg capacity
(*) If special equipment is fitted (tow hitch, etc.), the unladen vehicle weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads so that they comply with these limits.
120
Multijet
130
Multijet
160
Multijet
Fuel tank:
litres
including a reserve of: litres
90 (*)
10/12
90 (*)
10/12
90 (*)
10/12
90 (*)
10/12
Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
(EN590 Specification)
Engine cooling
system:
11 (▼)
11 (▼)
11 (▼)
11 (▼)
Mixture of 50% water and
PARAFLU UP
5.88
6.38
5.9
6.5
5.9
6.5
6.0
7.0
2.7 (❏)
2.9 (■)
litres
Engine sump:
litres
Engine sump and filter: litres
Gearbox/
differential casing:
litres
2.4 (❏)
2,7 (❏)
Gearbox MLGU
2,9 (■)
Gearbox M38
Recommended fuels and
genuine lubricants
SELENIA WR
TUTELA CAR EXPERYA (❏)
TUTELA CAR MATRYX (■)
Hydraulic brake circuit:
ABS:
litres
ASR/ESP:
litres
0.6
0.62
0.6
0.62
0.6
0.62
0.6
0.62
Hydraulic power steeringlitres
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
TUTELA CAR GI/E
Windscreen and rear window
fluid reservoir:
litres
with headlight washer: litres
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
Mixture of water and
TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35
(*) For all versions it is possible to request 120 litre tank.
On “Free time” versions it is possible to request 60 litre tank.
(▼) With Webasto: 11.15 litres
Heater under the seat 600cc: 11.6 litres
Rear heater 900cc: 11.9 litres
TUTELA TOP 4
SAFETY
DEVICES
100
Multijet
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
CAPACITIES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 261
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
261
9:46
Pagina 262
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Use
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9-10-2008
SAFETY
DEVICES
211-269 Ducato GB
262
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Oils for
diesel engines
Fluid and lubricant specifications
for correct vehicle operation
Synthetic-based engine oils, grade SAE 5W- 40,
FIAT 9.55535- N2 qualification
Genuine fluids
and lubricants
SELENIA WR
Change
intervals
As per Service
Schedule
Should non-genuine SAE 5W-40 products be used, lubricants with minimum ACEA B4 properties are tolerated; in this event top
engine performance is not guaranteed.
Using low-quality products, not compliant with ACEA B4 properties and specifications could cause engine damages not covered by
warranty.
For very cold temperatures, consult Fiat Dealership for the proper Selenia product to use.
Applications
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-80
that passes API GL-4 specifications
TUTELA CAR
EXPERYA
Mechanical gearbox
and differential
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85
that passes API GL-4 specifications
TUTELA CAR
MATRYX
Mechanical gearbox
and differential
Molibdenum disulphide, lithium soap based grease.
NL.GI. 2 consistency
TUTELA STAR 500
CV joints on
wheel side
Lithium soap based grease.
NL.GI. 0 consistency
TUTELA
MRM ZERO
CV joints on
differential side
Poly-urea oil synthetic-based grease suitable for
high temperatures.
NL.GI. 2 consistency
TUTELA STAR 325
CV joints on
differential side
Lubricant for power steering and automatic
transmissions that passes ATF DEXRON III specifications
TUTELA GI/E
Hydraulic power
steering
Brake fluids
Synthetic fluid FMVSS no. 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925
SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956- 01
TUTELA TOP 4
Brake and clutch
hydraulic controls
Protective agent
for radiators
Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based
on inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula,
that passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306
specifications
PARAFLU UP (*)
Cooling circuits,
proportion: 50%
water and 50%
PARAFLU UP (❑)
Additive for
diesel fuel
Additive for diesel fuels with protective action
for Diesel engines
TUTELA DIESEL
ART
To be mixed with
diesel fuel
(25 cc per 10 litres)
Windscreen/
rear window
washer fluid
Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants
CUNA NC 956-II
TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL
SC 35
To be used diluted or
undiluted in windscreen/rear window
washer/wiper systems
Lubricants
and greases
for transmission
(*) IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having characteristics different from those specified.
(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Genuine flluids
and lubricants
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
Fluid and lubricant quality specifications
for correct vehicle operation
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 263
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Use
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
263
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 264
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures given in
the table below are determined on the
basis of the homologation tests set
down by specific European Directives.
The procedures below are followed for
measuring consumption:
❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by
driving that simulates urban use of
the vehicle;
❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent accelerating in all gears, simulating extraurban
use of the vehicle; the speed varies between 0 and 120 km/h;
❒ combined consumption: is calculated
weighing about 37% of urban cycle
consumption and about 63% of extraurban consumption.
COMBI Versions – consumption according to Directive 2004/3/CE (litres/100km)
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Loading Capacity
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
INDEX
Consumption
Urban
Extra-urban
Combined
Light (Short Wheel-Base) (*)
8.2
6.8
7.3
Light (Medium-Wheel Base) (*)
Light (Short Wheel-Base) (*)
Light (Medium-Wheel Base) (*)
Heavy (●)
Light (Short Wheel-Base) (*)
Light (Medium-Wheel Base) (*)
Heavy (●)
8.5
8.3
8.8
8.9
9.4
9.9
10.2
7.0
6.5
6.8
6.7
6.9
7.2
7.6
7.6
7.2
7.5
7.5
7.8
8.2
8.6
nd
264
IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic
situations, weather conditions, driving
style, general conditions of the vehicle,
trim level/equipment/accessories, load, climate control system, roof rack, other situations that affect air drag may lead to different fuel consumption levels than those
measured.
(*) Departure in 2 gear
(●) With specific pneumatic and transmission ratios
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
Light (all types) (*)
Light (all types) (*)
Light (all types) (*)
Consumption
Urban
8.9
9.3
10.2
Extra-urban
7.3
6.9
7.5
Combined
7.9
7.8
8.6
(*) Departure in 2nd gear
CO2 EMISSIONS
The CO2 emissions, shown in the following chart, refer to combined consumption.
COMBI Versions - CO2 emissions according to Directive 2004/3/CE (g/km)
Loading Capacity
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
(*) Departure in 2nd gear
Light (Short-Wheel Base) (*)
Light (Medium-Wheel Base) (*)
Light (Short-Wheel Base) (*)
Light (Medium-Wheel Base) (*)
Heavy (●)
Light (Short-Wheel Base) (*)
Light (Medium-Wheel Base) (*)
Heavy (●)
(●) With specific pneumatic and transmission ratios
Emissions
193
200
190
199
199
207
216
226
PANORAMA Versions - CO2 emissions according to Directive 2004/3/CE (g/km)
100 Multijet
120 Multijet
160 Multijet
(*) Departure in 2nd gear
Loading Capacity
Emissions
Light (all types) (*)
Light (all types) (*)
Light (all types) (*)
208
206
226
SAFETY
DEVICES
Loading Capacity
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
PANORAMA Versions – consumption according to Directive 2004/3/CE (litres/100km)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 265
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
265
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
266
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 266
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
Pagina 267
267
INDEX
VEHICLE
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
211-269 Ducato GB
268
9-10-2008
9:46
Pagina 268
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:46
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
9-10-2008
INDEX
211-269 Ducato GB
Pagina 269
269
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 270
INDEX
...................................................... 102
– jump starting .................................. 158
Accessories purchased by
the user .............................................. 109
– recharging........................................ 185
Child restraint systems
(specifications for use) ..................... 119
– replacing ......................................... 202
Cigar lighter ......................................... 87
Additional climate control system
(rear).................................................... 73
– battery disconnection function... 83
CO2 exhaust emissions ..................... 265
ABS
INDEX
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Code card .............................................
8
Consumption
Additional rear heater ........................ 72
– maintenance .................................. 208
Air bags (front)..................................... 123
– version codes ................................ 212
– engine oil ......................................... 198
Air bags (side)....................................... 125
Bonnet .................................................. 98
– fuel .................................................... 264
Air cleaner............................................. 201
Brake Assist
(brake assist in an emergency)....... 103
Containing running costs ................... 138
Brake fluid level.................................... 200
Correct use of the vehicle................. 133
Brakes
Cruise Control .................................... 79
Air vents ............................................... 47
Armrest
– front ................................................. 38
Ashtray................................................... 87
ASR ........................................................ 105
Current outlet...................................... 88
– technical data ................................ 218
Dashboard (left hand drive version)
Bulb (replacement)
– bulb types ....................................... 168
At the filling station ............................. 125
– general instructions....................... 168
Automatic climate control system .. 55
Automatic headlight sensor
(daylight sensor)................................ 92
Battery
Controls ............................................... 82
– fluid level ........................................ 200
– activation/deactivation ................. 105
– checking the charge ..................... 202
270
Bodywork
Ceiling lights
5
Dashboard (right hand drive version) 6
Dashboard and controls.....................
4
Dead lock device
– activation/deactivation.................. 94
– front ................................................. 81
Digital display........................................ 20
– rear................................................... 82
Dimensions .......................................... 223
Chassis (marking) ............................... 213
Checking fluid levels............................ 196
Dipped beam headlights
– bulb replacement .......................... 171
7
Fix & Go (device)................................. 163
Glove compartment/oddment
compartment .................................... 86
Government type-approval
radio-controlled remote control... 266
– control ............................................ 75
Flashing the headlights ....................... 75
– front bulb replacement................. 170
Fluids and lubricants ........................... 262
– rear bulb replacement .................. 173
Folding top ............................................ 89
Handbrake ..........................................
– side bulb replacement................... 172
Follow me home (device) ................. 76
Hazard lights ........................................ 82
Front ceiling lights
Headlight washer
Doors .................................................... 92
Electronic alarm..................................
13
Engine
– identification code ......................... 214
– bulb replacement .......................... 176
– control ............................................ 78
– control ............................................. 81
Headlights.............................................. 101
Front fog lights
– marking ........................................... 213
– bulb replacement .......................... 172
– specifications ................................. 216
– control button .............................. 83
Engine compartment
136
Fuel
– aiming device .................................. 101
– beam adjustment .......................... 101
Head restraints
– front ................................................ 40
Heating and ventilation ...................... 47
– washing ........................................... 209
– fuel cut-off switch ......................... 84
Engine coolant gauge ......................... 19
– gauge ............................................... 19
Engine coolant level ........................... 199
Fuel consumption ............................... 264
Engine oil
Identification data
Fuel cut-off switch .............................. 84
Ignition switch ..................................... 15
– checking level ................................ 198
Fuel filler cap ....................................... 111
In an emergency .................................. 157
– consumption .................................. 198
Fuel gauge ............................................. 19
Fuses (replacement) ........................... 176
Instrument panel
(left hand drive version) ................. 16
Gearbox
Instrument panel
(right hand drive version) .............. 17
– gauge ............................................... 20
– technical data.................................. 262
EOBD system ...................................... 106
Heating system .................................... 47
.............................. 212
ESP system ........................................... 103
– use of the manual gearbox ......... 137
Instruments .......................................... 18
External lights ....................................... 74
Glass/can holders ............................... 87
Interior fittings .................................... 85
SAFETY
DEVICES
Direction indicators
Fiat CODE system ............................
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
– control ............................................ 74
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 271
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:50
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
270-280 Ducato GB
271
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
MESSAGES OF THE VEHICLE
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 272
Interiors ................................................ 209
Isofix ....................................................... 124
Jacking the vehicle ..............................
Key with remote control
................
186
9
Key without remote control ........... 11
Levels
– brake fluid ...................................... 200
– engine coolant ............................... 199
– engine oil ........................................ 198
– power steering fluid ..................... 201
– windscreen/rear window/
headlight washer............................ 200
Load limiters ........................................ 116
Main beam headlights
– bulb replacement .......................... 171
– control ............................................ 75
– flashing ............................................ 75
INDEX
– bulb replacement .......................... 176
the front passenger's seat ............... 86
– control ............................................. 82
Oddment compartments .................. 85
Rear double door ................................ 96
Operation at low temperatures ...... 110
Rear fog lights
Paint .....................................................
208
Parking .................................................. 136
Parking sensors ................................... 107
Performance ........................................ 229
Plates
– body paint ....................................... 213
– identification data .......................... 212
Pollen filter............................................ 202
Power steering fluid level................... 201
Power windows
– controls .......................................... 97
Pretensioners........................................ 116
Protecting the environment ............. 112
Radio-controlled remote control
– bulb replacement .......................... 173
– control button .............................. 83
Rearview camera ............................. 40-89
Rearview mirrors................................. 45
– door mirrors ................................. 45
– driving mirror ................................ 45
– electric ............................................ 46
Refrigerated compartment ................ 85
Refuelling .............................................. 111
Rev counter ......................................... 18
Reversing light ..................................... 173
Rims
– understanding rim marking.......... 220
Roof rack/ski rack................................ 100
Safety devices ......................................
113
Manual climate control system ......... 51
– government type-approval .......... 266
Mobile footboard................................. 95
Radio transmitters and cellular
telephones .......................................... 110
Seat adjustment ................................... 37
Rain sensor .......................................... 78
– general warnings ........................... 117
Reading/writing desk ........................... 88
– load limiters .................................... 116
Rear ceiling lights
– maintenance .................................. 109
Multifunction display .......................... 26
Multimeter ........................................... 91
Number plate light ............................
272
Oddment compartment under
175
Seat belts ............................................... 114
Vehicle inactivity.................................
Steering wheel adjustment ............... 44
Vehicle maintenance ........................... 189
– heavy-duty....................................... 195
– routine maintenance ..................... 195
– scheduled service ......................... 190
– Service Schedule .................... 191-193
Ventilation ............................................ 47
Storing the vehicle .............................. 144
Sun visors ............................................. 88
Supplementary heater......................... 55
Suspensions .......................................... 218
Symbols .................................................
7
Technical specifications.....................
211
Third brake light ................................. 175
Tips on loading ..................................... 137
Top speeds ........................................... 229
Towing a trailer
– tow hitch installation ................... 140
Towing the vehicle ............................. 186
Transmission ........................................ 217
Tyre pressure ...................................... 222
Tyres
– changing .......................................... 159
– snow tyres ..................................... 143
– standard .......................................... 221
– understanding tyre marking ........ 219
Under-seat basket..............................
41
Using the manual gearbox ................ 137
Warning lights and messages ..........
144
145
Weights ................................................ 230
Wheel geometry.................................. 219
Wheel replacement ........................... 159
Wheels
– changing .......................................... 159
Window washing ................................. 77
Windows (cleaning) ............................ 209
Windscreen washer
– control ............................................ 77
– fluid level ........................................ 200
Windscreen wipers
– blades .............................................. 207
– control ............................................ 77
– nozzles ............................................ 207
Windscreen/rear window/
headlight washer fluid level ............. 200
Writing/reading desk........................... 88
SAFETY
DEVICES
Steering column lock ......................... 15
WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE VEHICLE
MESSAGES
– pretensioners ......................... 100-116
– use .............................................. 98-114
Seats
– adjustment....................................... 37
– cleaning ........................................... 210
S.B.R. system......................................... 115
Self-standing supplementary heater ... 66
Side sliding door................................... 95
Side/taillights
– control ............................................ 74
– front bulb replacement................. 170
– rear bulb replacement .................. 173
– changing side bulb.......................... 175
Sliding side window ............................. 95
Smart washing ..................................... 77
Snow chains ......................................... 143
Sound system ...................................... 108
Speed block........................................... 92
Starting the engine............................... 134
– bump starting ................................ 159
– diesel engines ................................ 134
– emergency start-up ...................... 158
– ignition switch ............................... 15
– jump starting .................................. 158
– stopping the engine ...................... 135
– warming up the engine ................ 135
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 273
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:50
TECHNICAL
VEHICLE
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
8-10-2008
INDEX
270-280 Ducato GB
273
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 274
PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE
AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment through
the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view
to guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations
imposed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at
the end of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring
expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the
European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002
on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the
vehicle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our
customers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your
nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat web
site or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 275
NOTES
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 276
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 277
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 278
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 279
270-280 Ducato GB
8-10-2008
9:50
Pagina 280
COLD TYRE PRESSURE (bar)
Tyres
Use
Front
Rear
215/70 R15
3000 PTT(*) Light with standard tyres, PANORAMA excluded
3300 PTT(*) Light / 3500 PTT(*) Light with standard tyres
4.0 ± 0.05
4.1 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
215/70 R15
PANORAMA with standard tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
225/70 R15
3000 PTT(*) Light with oversize tyres, PANORAMA excluded
3300 PTT(*) Light / 3500 PTT(*) Light with oversize tyres
4.0 ± 0.05
4.0 ± 0.05
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
225/70 R15 C
Winter tyres M+S class C on Camping vehicle
4.3 ± 0.05
4.75 ± 0.05
225/70 R15
PANORAMA with oversize tyres
4.1 ± 0.05
4.5 ± 0.05
215/70 R15 CP
Light range with Camping tyres
5.0 ± 0.05
5.5 ± 0.05
215/75 R16
Heavy range with standard tyres
4.5 ± 0.05
5.0 ± 0.05
225/75 R16
Heavy range with oversize tyres
4.5 ± 0.05
5.0 ± 0.05
225/75 R16 C
Winter tyres M+S class C on Camping vehicle
5.2 ± 0.05
5.2 ± 0.05
225/75 R16 CP
Heavy range with Camping tyres
5.5 ± 0.05
5.5 ± 0.05
(*) Total weight on ground
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres..
ENGINE OIL CHANGE
Engine sump and filter
100 Multijet
litres
120 Multijet
litres
130 Multijet
litres
160 Multijet
litres
6.38
6.5
6.5
7.0
FUEL CAPACITIES (litres)
100 Multijet - 120 Multijet - 130 Multijet - 160 Multijet
Tank capacity
90 (*)
Reserve
10 / 12
Refuel diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles only (EN 590 Specifications)
(*) For all versions it is possible to request 120 litre tank.
On “Free time” versions it is possible to request 60 litre tank
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Customer Services - Technical Services - Service Engineering - Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Print n. 603.81.357 - 10/2008 - 2nd edition
Open as PDF
Similar pages